Oracle Database Master Index: S
11g Release 1 (11.1)
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
- S function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- s option (-sql) (JPublisher User's Guide)
- S procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- S variable in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- s_OcrVdskMirror1RetVal parameter
-
- in clone.pl script (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- s_VdskMirror2RetVal parameter
-
- in clone.pl script (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- s_votingdisklocation parameter
-
- in clone.pl script (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SA_COMPONENTS package (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_POLICY_ADMIN (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_POLICY_ADMIN package (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_SESSION functions
-
- defined (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- viewing security attributes (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_SYSDBA package (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_USER_ADMIN package
-
- administering stored program units (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_USER_NAME function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_UTL package
-
- dominance functions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- Safe Type Mapping (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- SafeMapping Property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- salt (TDE)
-
- adding (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- removing (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- See also TDE (transparent data encryption)
- Salton's formula for scoring (Text Reference)
- SAMeDL (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- same-row writers block writers (Concepts)
- sample
-
- files
-
- initsid.gtw (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- initsid.ora (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGAU DEFINE CALL command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAU DEFINE DATA command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAU DEFINE TRANSACTION command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAU GENERATE command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAU REDEFINE DATA command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAU UNDEFINE command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SQL scripts (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- sample analytic workspace (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- Sample Application (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- sample application
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- building (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- classes (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- connecting (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- DataHandler.java (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- delete_action.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- edit.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- Employees.java (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- employees.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- error messages (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- failed logins (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- HR user account (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- index.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- insert_action.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- insert.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- JavaClient.java (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- JSPs (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- login functionality (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- login interface (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- login page (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- login_action.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- login.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- overview (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- quick tour (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- security features (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- testing (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- update_action.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- user authentication (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- sample application DEMCALSP.A (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- sample application DEMOHOST.A (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- sample applications
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
-
- ASP/VBScript Photo Album (Multimedia User's Guide)
- Code Wizard (Multimedia User's Guide)
- Image OCI C (Multimedia User's Guide)
- IMExample (Multimedia User's Guide)
- included (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- installing (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Java Servlet Photo Album (Multimedia User's Guide)
- JDBC vs. SQLJ (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- JSP Photo Album (Multimedia User's Guide)
- located on Oracle Technology Network (Multimedia User's Guide)
- location (Multimedia User's Guide)
- multiple connection contexts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multiple-row query (named iterator) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multithreading (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL Web Toolkit Photo Album (Multimedia User's Guide)
- single-row query (SELECT INTO) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SAMPLE BLOCK clause (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- access path and hints (Performance Tuning Guide)
- sample classes
-
- custom Java class (BetterDate) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SerializableDatum class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SAMPLE clause (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- access path and hints cannot override (Performance Tuning Guide)
- of SELECT (SQL Language Reference)
- of SELECT and subqueries (SQL Language Reference)
- sample code
-
- downloading (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- generated code for SQL statement (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Java-to-Java transformations (JPublisher User's Guide)
- sample database table
-
- DEPT table (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- EMP table (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- sample database tables
-
- DEPT table (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- EMP table (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample definitions
-
- implicit versioning (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SAMPLE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- sample object type code (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample objects (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
-
- about (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- about Human Resources (HR) schema (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- about Order Entry (OE) schema (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- checking space (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- deleting (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- downloading (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- importing (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- installing (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- viewing (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- SAMPLE parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- SAMPLE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- sample programs (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- ANSIDYN1 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ansidyn1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ANSIDYN2 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ansidyn2.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- building (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- calldemo.sql, with sample9.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- calling a stored procedure (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COLDEMO1 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- coldemo1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CPPDEMO1 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- cppdemo1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CPPDEMO2 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- cppdemo2.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CPPDEMO3 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- cppdemo3.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- cursor operations (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- cursor variable demos (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- cursor variable use (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- cursor variables
-
- PL/SQL source (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CV_DEMO (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- cv_demo.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- cv_demo.sql (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- data used by (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- datatype equivalencing (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- default drive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- described (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL Method 1 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL method 2 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL Method 3 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- EMPCLASS (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- EXEC ORACLE scope (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- extp1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- fetching in batches (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- how to precompile (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Java (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- LOBDEMO1 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- lobdemo1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- LOBDEMO1.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- location of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- MLTTHRD1 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- NAVDEMO1 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- navdemo1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OBJDEMO1 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- on-line location of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- ORACA (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- oraca.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- PL/SQL examples (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- PLSSAM (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE1 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample1.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE1.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE10 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample10.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE10.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE11 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample11.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE11.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE12 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample12.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE12.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE13.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE14.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE2 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample2.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE2.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE3 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample3.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE3.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE4 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample4.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE4.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE5 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample5.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE6 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample6.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE6.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE7 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample7.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE7.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE8 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample8.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE8.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE9 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample9.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAMPLE9.PCO (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- setting the path (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- setting the path for the .pre files (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- simple query (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLVCP (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlvcp.pc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- tables of group items (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- WHENEVER...DO CALL example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- WINSAM (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Sample Schema
-
- diagrams (Sample Schemas)
- scripts
-
- OE (Sample Schemas)
- PM (Sample Schemas)
- scripts, general information (Sample Schemas)
- sample schema (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
- download (OLAP User's Guide)
- used by examples (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- sample schema for examples (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- Sample Schemas
-
- description (Administrator's Guide)
- design principles (Sample Schemas)
- general information (Sample Schemas)
- installing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Sample Schemas)
- remove or relock for production (Security Guide)
- scripts
-
- master (Sample Schemas)
- See Oracle Database Sample Schemas
- test database (Security Guide)
- sample schemas
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Security Guide)
-
- configuring (2 Day DBA)
- installation of (2 Day DBA)
- Workspace Manager example (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- sample schemas, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- see Oracle Database Sample Schemas guide, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using HR in COLUMN example (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using HR in examples (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sample table scans (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- hints cannot override (Performance Tuning Guide)
- sample tables
-
- access to, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- building (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- creating, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- on-line location of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- removing, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- unlocking, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sample translation (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Samples (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- samples
-
- C components (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Microsoft application demo (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- samples directory (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- sampling
-
- master-detail flat files (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAN (storage area network) disks (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SAP
-
- Business Domain (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- configuring SAP file physical properties (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- defining ETL process for SAP objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- defining mappings with SAP objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- defining SAP objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- loading SAP data into the workspace (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP ABAP Editor (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP application source module (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP Business Areas (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP Connector
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating definitions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- required files (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP file physical properties
-
- Data File Name (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- File Delimiter for Staging File (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Nested Loop (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP System Version (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SQL Join Collapsing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Staging File Directory (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Use Single Select (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP parameters
-
- language (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- loading type (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- runtime (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP R/3
-
- executing a SAP mapping (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- importing metadata (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- updating source modules (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP remote function call (SAPRFC.INI) (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP table types
-
- cluster (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- importing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- pooled (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- transparent (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAPRFC.INI file (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- sar command (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- sar UNIX command (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Sarbanes-Oxley Act
-
- auditing requirements (2 Day + Security Guide)
- auditing to meet compliance (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- default auditing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SAVE
-
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SAVE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- APPEND clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPLACE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storing commands in scripts (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using with INPUT to create scripts (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SAVE EXCEPTIONS clause
-
- FORALL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SAVE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SAVE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SAVE_CONFIG command
-
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- SAVE_CONFIG_ON_STOP_listener_name control parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SAVE_DEFAULT_LABELS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SAVE_PASSWD command (Net Services Reference)
- SAVEPOINT
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- savepoint (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SAVEPOINT command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- savepoint management (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SAVEPOINT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SAVEPOINT SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAVEPOINT statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #10] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #11] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- savepoint support (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- savepoint, when erased (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- savepoints
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- altering description of (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- as alternative to creating child workspaces (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- creating (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- deleting (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- described (Concepts)
- erasing (SQL Language Reference)
- ExecutionContext savepoint methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- explicit (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- implicit (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- in-doubt transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- ISO syntax (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle syntax (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- removable (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- reusing names (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- rolling back to (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- savepoint statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- transaction (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- uses for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when erased (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAVEPOINTS parameter (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- savepoints, creating (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- saving change using an XML document (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- saving changes
-
- using XML data (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- saving environment attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SAX package for C (XML C API Reference)
- SAX, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SAXHandler Interface
-
- attributeDecl() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CDATA() (XML C++ API Reference)
- characters() (XML C++ API Reference)
- comment() (XML C++ API Reference)
- elementDecl() (XML C++ API Reference)
- endDocument() (XML C++ API Reference)
- endElement() (XML C++ API Reference)
- notationDecl() (XML C++ API Reference)
- parsedEntityDecl() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Parser package (XML C++ API Reference)
- processingInstruction() (XML C++ API Reference)
- startDocument() (XML C++ API Reference)
- startElement() (XML C++ API Reference)
- startElementNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- unparsedEntityDecl() (XML C++ API Reference)
- whitespace() (XML C++ API Reference)
- XMLDecl() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SAXParser Interface
-
- getContext() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getParserId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- parse() (XML C++ API Reference)
- parseDTD() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Parser package (XML C++ API Reference)
- setSAXHandler() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SAXParserIdType datatype, Parser package (XML C++ API Reference)
- sb1
-
- definition (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- sb2
-
- definition (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- sb4
-
- definition (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SBT (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- sbtio.log
-
- and RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- sbttest program (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- scalability (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- adding nodes and instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- adding nodes and instances, quick-start format (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- batch jobs (Data Warehousing Guide)
- client/server architecture (Concepts)
- factors preventing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Internet (Performance Tuning Guide)
- linear (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Oracle RAC (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallel SQL execution (Concepts)
- scalability, of networks (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- scalable operations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- scalar datatypes (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- scalar functions, SQL92 syntax (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scalar nodes, mapping (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- scalar PL/SQL indexed-by table (JPublisher User's Guide)
- scalar subqueries (SQL Language Reference)
- scalar subquery expression (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- scalar types (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- scalar value
-
- converting to XML document using sys_XMLGen (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Scale
-
- using SQLPRC to extract (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- scale
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- extracting (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- greater than precision (SQL Language Reference)
- in the FIXED DECIMAL PL/I datatype (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of NUMBER datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using SQLPRC to extract (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using sqlprc() to extract (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when negative (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- scale operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- scaleCopy procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- scaled operators (OLAP User's Guide)
- scaling
-
- geometric segment (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- scan modes
-
- Database Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- full database scan (Globalization Support Guide)
- single table scan (Globalization Support Guide)
- user tables scan (Globalization Support Guide)
- SCAN variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- scan.err file (Globalization Support Guide)
- scan.out file (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #4] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #5] (Globalization Support Guide)
- scan.txt file (Globalization Support Guide)
- scanlineOrder operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- scans
-
- full table
-
- LRU algorithm (Concepts)
- parallel query (Data Warehousing Guide)
- index (Performance Tuning Guide)
- index joins (Performance Tuning Guide)
- index of type bitmap (Performance Tuning Guide)
- sample table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- sample table and hints cannot override (Performance Tuning Guide)
- table scan and CACHE clause (Concepts)
- scatter/gather for binds/defines (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- scattered read wait events (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- actions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- scavenging (Java Developer's Guide)
- SCC datetime format element (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SCDs
-
- see slowly changing dimensions
- scenario models (OLAP DML Reference)
- scenarios
-
- recovering
-
- after NOLOGGING is specified (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- switchover (Data Guard Broker)
- scenarios, Recovery Manager
-
- NOARCHIVELOG backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- recovering pre-resetlogs backup (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- recovery after total media failure (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SCHED_NOAGE parameter, enabling (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SCHED_NOAGE parameter, scheduling policy (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SCHEDULE_PROPAGATION Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SCHEDULE_PURGE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- SCHEDULE_PUSH procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- scheduled links
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
-
- continuous pushes (Advanced Replication)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- guidelines (Advanced Replication)
- parallel propagation (Advanced Replication)
- periodic pushes (Advanced Replication)
- serial propagation (Advanced Replication)
- scheduled purges
-
- guidelines (Advanced Replication)
- periodic purges (Advanced Replication)
- Scheduler
-
- administering (Administrator's Guide)
- architecture (Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Administrator's Guide)
- credentials for remote external jobs (Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- examples of using (Administrator's Guide)
- import and export (Administrator's Guide)
- maintenance windows (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring and managing (Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Administrator's Guide)
- security (Administrator's Guide)
- support for Oracle Data Guard (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- using in RAC (Administrator's Guide)
- scheduler
-
- jobs, Preface (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Scheduler agent
-
- defined (Administrator's Guide)
- scheduler agent
-
- setup (Administrator's Guide)
- scheduler jobs and CREATE EXTERNAL JOB privilege (Security Guide)
- Scheduler objects, naming (Administrator's Guide)
- Scheduler privileges reference (Administrator's Guide)
- Scheduler privileges, setting (Administrator's Guide)
- SCHEDULER$_STEP_TYPE object type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SCHEDULER$_STEP_TYPE_LIST table type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SCHEDULER_ADMIN role
-
- about (Security Guide)
- SCHEDULER_BATCH_ERRORS view (Reference)
- schedules
-
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data synchronization (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- defining (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- enabling and disabling propagation with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- example (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- index optimization (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- an interval string (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- updating (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- using (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- scheduling
-
- about (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- about propagation scheduling (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- AutoTask (Upgrade Guide)
- ETL jobs (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- propagations using SCHEDULE_PROPAGATION (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- scheduling maintenance (OLAP User's Guide)
- schema
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- associating with a workspace (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating new (Application Express User's Guide)
- determining for Application Express (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing workspace assignment (Application Express User's Guide)
- existing (Application Express User's Guide)
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- object management privileges (2 Day DBA)
- reports (Application Express User's Guide)
- XML (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SCHEMA clause
-
- of CREATE JAVA (SQL Language Reference)
- schema differences
-
- differences between two schemas (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- schema evolution (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- copy-based (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- in-place (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- schema evolution, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- schema location hint
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- schema metadata
-
- custominzing metadata (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- schema mode export
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- schema name required when running SQL*Module (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- schema names, -omit_schema_names option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Schema Naming (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- schema object dependencies (Concepts)
- schema object privileges (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- schema objects
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- analyzing (Administrator's Guide)
- audit options, disabling (Security Guide)
- auditing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- cascading effects on revoking (Security Guide)
- compiling (2 Day DBA)
- creating multiple objects (Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- database links (2 Day DBA)
- default audit options (Security Guide)
- default tablespace for (Security Guide)
- defining default buffer pool for (SQL Language Reference)
- defining using DBMS_METADATA package (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Concepts)
- dependencies between (Administrator's Guide)
- dependencies of (Concepts)
-
- and views (Concepts)
- on nonexistence of other objects (Concepts)
- triggers manage (Concepts)
- dependent on lost privileges (Concepts)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- dimensions (Concepts)
- disabling audit options (Security Guide)
- distributed database naming conventions for (Administrator's Guide)
- dropped users, owned by (Security Guide)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- enabling audit options on (Security Guide)
- global names (Administrator's Guide)
- granting privileges (Security Guide)
- in a revoked tablespace (Security Guide)
- in other schemas (SQL Language Reference)
- indexes (2 Day DBA)
-
- creating (2 Day DBA)
- viewing (2 Day DBA)
- information in data dictionary (Concepts)
- invalid (2 Day DBA)
- list of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- listing by type (Administrator's Guide)
- materialized views (Concepts)
- name resolution (SQL Language Reference)
- name resolution in distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- name resolution in SQL statements (Administrator's Guide)
- namespaces (SQL Language Reference)
- naming
-
- examples (SQL Language Reference)
- guidelines (SQL Language Reference)
- rules (SQL Language Reference)
- naming generated classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming loaded classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming loaded resources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming sources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- object types (SQL Language Reference)
- on remote databases (SQL Language Reference)
- partitioned indexes (SQL Language Reference)
- partitioned tables (SQL Language Reference)
- parts of (SQL Language Reference)
- privileges
-
- DML and DDL operations (Security Guide)
- granting and revoking (Security Guide)
- view privileges (Security Guide)
- privileges on (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- privileges to access (Security Guide)
- privileges to rename (Administrator's Guide)
- privileges with (Security Guide)
- protecting location (SQL Language Reference)
- protecting owner (SQL Language Reference)
- providing alternate names for (SQL Language Reference)
- reauthorizing (SQL Language Reference)
- recompiling (SQL Language Reference)
- referencing with synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- referring to (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- relationship to datafiles (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- remote, accessing (SQL Language Reference)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- revoking privileges (Security Guide)
- sequences (2 Day DBA)
- synonyms (2 Day DBA)
- tables (2 Day DBA)
-
- constraints (2 Day DBA)
- modifying (2 Day DBA)
- trigger dependencies on (Concepts)
- validating (2 Day DBA)
- validating structure (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- viewing information (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- views (2 Day DBA)
- schema objects space usage
-
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- schema objects, deleting (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- Schema package for C (XML C API Reference)
- schema privileges - CREATEIN (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- schema rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- schema statistics
-
- gathering (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- schema, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SCHEMA_NAME Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SCHEMA_NAMES OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- usage (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SCHEMA.QUEUE (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SCHEMA.QUEUE:CONSUMER_NAME (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- schemas (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- applying policies to (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- changing for a session (SQL Language Reference)
- collecting system component statistics (Upgrade Guide)
- command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- contents of (Concepts)
- contrasted with tablespaces (Concepts)
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- creating for materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- creating index on table in another schema (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- database (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- database default (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- database schema passwords (Installation Guide for Linux)
- default policy options (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- definition of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DESCRIBE parameter (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- design guidelines for materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- disabled commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DVF (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- getting MdmDatabaseSchema for (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- HR sample, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- identical to primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- installing own copy of HR, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- invoking operators on table in another schema (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- object data types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- Oracle HTML DB schema removal (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Schemas, about, Preface (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- private (Security Guide)
- qualifying column names (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- represented by MdmDatabaseSchema objects (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- restrictions on shared (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- Sample Schemas installation (Installation Guide for Linux)
- sample, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- shared among enterprise users (Security Guide)
- shared, protecting objects in (Security Guide)
- SHOW parameter (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- snowflake (Data Warehousing Guide)
- specifying for Export (Utilities)
- star (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- third normal form (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- unique (Security Guide)
- unique, protecting objects in (Security Guide)
- unlocking HR, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using HR in COLUMN example (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using HR in examples (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SCHEMAS parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- SchemaTable (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- schemaValidate function (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- schemaValidate PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SCHEMAVALIDATE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- schemaValidate() XMLType method (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SchemaValidator Interface
-
- getSchemaList() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getValidatorId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- loadSchema() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Parser package (XML C++ API Reference)
- unloadSchema() (XML C++ API Reference)
- schema-independent users (Security Guide)
- schema-level export operations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- schema-level import operations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SchValidatorIdType datatype, Parser package (XML C++ API Reference)
- scientific notation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- scientific notation for FLOAT EXTERNAL (Utilities)
- SCN
-
- See system change numbers
- using for incremental backups (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SCN_TO_TIMESTAMP function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SCN. See system change number.
- scope
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- autonomous (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- collection (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- cursor variables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- definition (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- exceptions in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- explicit cursor (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- explicit cursor parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- identifier (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- loop counter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- of a cursor variable (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- of DECLARE STATEMENT command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of DECLARE STATEMENT directive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- of host variables (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of the EXEC ORACLE statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- package (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- WHENEVER statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SCOPE clause
-
- ALTER SYSTEM SET (Administrator's Guide)
- SCOPE FOR clause
-
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- SCOPE FOR constraint (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- scope notes
-
- finding (Text Reference)
- scope of data cartridge (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- scoped REFs (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SCORE operator (Text Reference)
- scoring (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- accumulate (Text Reference)
- alternative (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- batch (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- data (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- effect of DML (Text Reference)
- for NEAR operator (Text Reference)
- Java API (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- O-Cluster (Data Mining Concepts)
- real-time (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- saving results (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- scoring algorithm
-
- word queries (Text Reference)
- scoring of attribute name (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- scoring, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- SCOTT schema (Sample Schemas)
- scott schema (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- SCOTT user
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- restricting privileges of (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SCOTT user account
-
- restricting privileges of (Security Guide)
- scott/tiger (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- scratch editor (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SCREEN clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- screens
-
- clearing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- scriplets (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- script
-
- create index (Text Reference)
- create policy (Text Reference)
- file directory (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- gpglocal.pkb (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- gpglocal.pkh (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgacr8au.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddadev.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddapub.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddcr8.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddcr8r.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddcr8s.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgdddel.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgddupgr.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pgmbqm8.sql (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgmdeploy8.sql (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgmsup8.sql (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgmundeploy.sql (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgvwbremove9.sql (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- pgvwbrepos9.sql (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- prvtpg.sql (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- prvtpgb.plb (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- prvtrawb.plb (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- test.sql (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- utlpg.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- utlraw.sql (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- script errors (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- script file (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- script files
-
- audit trail views, removing (Security Guide)
- CATNOAUD.SQL (Security Guide)
- exporting (Application Express User's Guide)
- running before Export and Import (Utilities)
- SCRIPT function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SCRIPT procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- script runner (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SCRIPT_TIMEOUT attribute (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SCRIPT_TUNING_TASK Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- scriptlet
-
- representation in JDeveloper (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- scriptlets (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- scripts
-
- $ORACLE_HOME/root.sh (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- action_script (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ACTION_SCRIPT attribute (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CATALOG.SQL (Reference)
- CATBLOCK.SQL (Reference)
- CATCLUST.SQL (Reference)
- CATDWGRD.SQL (Reference)
- CATEXP7.SQL (Reference)
- CATHS.SQL (Reference)
- CATIO.SQL (Reference)
- CATJAVA.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOADT.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOAUD.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOHS.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOPRT.SQL (Reference)
- CATNOSVM.SQL (Reference)
- CATNSNMP.SQL (Reference)
- CATOCTK.SQL (Reference)
- CATPROC.SQL (Reference)
- CATQUEUE.SQL (Reference)
- CATREP.SQL (Reference)
- CATUPGRD.SQL (Reference)
- creating in editor (Application Express User's Guide)
- CRS_home/root.sh (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_postman (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- data dictionary (Reference)
- DBMSIOTC.SQL (Reference)
- DBMSPOOL.SQL (Reference)
- deleting from editor (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting from SQL Scripts page (Application Express User's Guide)
- downgrading (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- executing (Application Express User's Guide)
- executing from SQL Scripts page (Application Express User's Guide)
- executing in editor (Application Express User's Guide)
- export (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting (Application Express User's Guide)
- extension (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- gen_ext_dirs.sql (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- importing (Application Express User's Guide)
- initcdc.sql for Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- INITJVM.SQL (Reference)
- Java (Reference)
- Oracle Streams (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- orainstRoot.sh (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- registering (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- rerunning (Upgrade Guide)
- results (Application Express User's Guide)
- rmcdc.sql for Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- RMJVM.SQL (Reference)
- root.sh (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- running (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SQL Script editor (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL scripts (Reference)
- upgrading (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Upgrade Guide)
- uploading to another account (Application Express User's Guide)
- uploading to SQL Scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- USERLOCK.SQL (Reference)
- using Data Guard command-line interface (DGMGRL) (Data Guard Broker)
- UTLBSTAT.SQL (Reference)
- UTLCHN1.SQL (Reference)
- UTLCONST.SQL (Reference)
- UTLDTREE.SQL (Reference)
- UTLESTAT.SQL (Reference)
- UTLEXPT1.SQL (Reference)
- UTLIP.SQL (Reference)
- UTLIRP.SQL (Reference)
- UTLLOCKT.SQL (Reference)
- UTLPWDMG.SQL (Reference)
- UTLRP.SQL (Reference)
- UTLSAMPL.SQL (Reference)
- UTLSCLN.SQL (Reference)
- UTLTKPRF.SQL (Reference)
- UTLU111I.SQL (Reference)
- UTLU111S.SQL (Reference)
- UTLVALID.SQL (Reference)
- UTLXPLAN.SQL (Reference)
- viewing repository quotas (Application Express User's Guide)
- scripts to create an Oracle Real Application Clusters database (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- scripts, authenticating users in (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (Security Guide)
- scripts, RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- substitution variables in (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- scrollability in result sets (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable cursor
-
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- scrollable cursors (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- scrollable iterators
-
- declaring (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable named iterators (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable positional iterators (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sensitivity (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- the scrollable interface (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable result sets
-
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- fetch direction (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- implementation of scroll-sensitivity (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- positioning (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- processing backward/forward (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- refetching rows (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scroll-insensitive result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scroll-sensitive result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- seeing external changes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- visibility vs. detection of external changes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- ScrollableResultSetIterator type (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scroll-sensitive result sets
-
- limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SCSI disks
-
- device names (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- device names on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- SDATA operator (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- SDATA section (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- SDFs
-
- See secondary datafiles
- SDK for Instant Client Light (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SDLC (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- rapid application development (Application Express User's Guide)
- Spiral (Application Express User's Guide)
- waterfall (Application Express User's Guide)
- SDO network (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- creating (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO nodes
-
- adding (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ADDR_ARRAY data type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_CENTROID aggregate function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_CONCAT_LINES aggregate function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_CONVEXHULL aggregate function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_LRS_CONCAT aggregate function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_MBR aggregate function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AGGR_UNION aggregate function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- complex examples (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ANGLE_UNITS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ANYINTERACT operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ARC_DENSIFY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AREA function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AREA_UNITS view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_BUFFER function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CENTROID function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CLOSEST_POINTS procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CONTAINS operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CONVEXHULL function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_AXES table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_AXIS_NAMES table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_OP_METHODS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_OP_PARAM_USE table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_OP_PARAM_VALS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_OP_PARAMS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_OP_PATHS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_OPS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_REF_SYS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_REF_SYSTEM view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COORD_SYS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COVEREDBY operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_COVERS operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CRS_COMPOUND view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CRS_ENGINEERING view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CRS_GEOCENTRIC view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CRS_GEOGRAPHIC2D view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CRS_GEOGRAPHIC3D view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CRS_PROJECTED view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CRS_VERTICAL view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CS package (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- ADD_PREFERENCE_FOR_OP (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_NADCON_TO_XML (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_NTV2_TO_XML (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_XML_TO_NADCON (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_XML_TO_NTV2 (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_CONCATENATED_OP (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_OBVIOUS_EPSG_RULES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_PREF_CONCATENATED_OP (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_ALL_EPSG_RULES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_OP (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DETERMINE_CHAIN (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DETERMINE_DEFAULT_CHAIN (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FIND_GEOG_CRS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FIND_PROJ_CRS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FROM_OGC_SIMPLEFEATURE_SRS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FROM_USNG (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GET_EPSG_DATA_VERSION function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MAKE_3D (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MAP_EPSG_SRID_TO_ORACLE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MAP_ORACLE_SRID_TO_EPSG (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- REVOKE_PREFERENCE_FOR_OP (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TO_OGC_SIMPLEFEATURE_SRS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TO_USNG (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TRANSFORM (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TRANSFORM_LAYER (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- UPDATE_WKTS_FOR_ALL_EPSG_CRS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- UPDATE_WKTS_FOR_EPSG_CRS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- UPDATE_WKTS_FOR_EPSG_DATUM (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- UPDATE_WKTS_FOR_EPSG_ELLIPS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- UPDATE_WKTS_FOR_EPSG_OP (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- UPDATE_WKTS_FOR_EPSG_PARAM (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- UPDATE_WKTS_FOR_EPSG_PM (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_WKT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VIEWPORT_TRANSFORM (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CS package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_CSW_PROCESS package
-
- DeleteCapabilitiesInfo (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DeleteDomainInfo (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DeletePluginMap (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DeleteRecordViewMap (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GetRecordTypeId (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- InsertCapabilitiesInfo (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- InsertDomainInfo (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- InsertPluginMap (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- InsertRecordViewMap (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- InsertRtDataUpdated (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- InsertRtMDUpdated (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CSW_PROCESS package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_DATUM_ENGINEERING view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_DATUM_GEODETIC view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_DATUM_VERTICAL view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_DATUMS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_DATUMS_OLD_FORMAT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_DATUMS_OLD_SNAPSHOT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_DIFFERENCE function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_DIST_UNITS view (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_DISTANCE function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_EDGE_ARRAY type (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ELEM_INFO attribute (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ELEM_INFO_ARRAY type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ELLIPSOIDS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ELLIPSOIDS_OLD_FORMAT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ELLIPSOIDS_OLD_SNAPSHOT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_EQUAL operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ETYPE value (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_FILTER operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GCDR package (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- GEOCODE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GEOCODE_ADDR (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GEOCODE_ADDR_ALL (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GEOCODE_ALL (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GEOCODE_AS_GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- REVERSE_GEOCODE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GCDR package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_GEO_ADDR data type and constructors (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOM package
-
- RELATE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ARC_DENSIFY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_AREA (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_BUFFER (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CENTROID (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CLOSEST_POINTS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CONVEXHULL (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_DIFFERENCE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_DISTANCE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_INTERSECTION (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_LENGTH (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_MAX_MBR_ORDINATE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_MBR (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_MIN_MBR_ORDINATE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_POINTONSURFACE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_UNION (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_VOLUME (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_XOR (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_GEOMETRY_WITH_CONTEXT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_LAYER_WITH_CONTEXT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- WITHIN_DISTANCE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOM package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_GEOM_PATH_INFO
-
- MDSYS.SDO_GEOM_PATH_INFO type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOMETRY datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- SDO_GEOMETRY object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- constructors (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- embedding in user-defined type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- in function-based indexes (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- methods (member functions) (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOMETRY_NETWORK function (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOR package
-
- addNODATA (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- calcCompressionRatio (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- changeCellValue (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- changeFormatCopy (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- copy (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- createBlank (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- createTemplate (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- deleteNODATA (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- deletePyramid (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- exportTo (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- generateBlockMBR (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- generatePyramid (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- generateSpatialExtent (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- generateStatistics (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- georeference (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBandDimSize (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBeginDateTime (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBinFunction (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBinTable (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBinType (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBitmapMask (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBitmapMaskSubset (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBitmapMaskValue (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBlankCellValue (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBlockingType (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getBlockSize (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getCellCoordinate (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getCellDepth (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getCellValue (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getColorMap (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getColorMapTable (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getCompressionType (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getDefaultBlue (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getDefaultColorLayer (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getDefaultGreen (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getDefaultRed (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getEndDateTime (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getGeoreferenceType (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getGrayScale (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getGrayScaleTable (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getHistogram (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getHistogramTable (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getID (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getInterleavingType (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getLayerDimension (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getLayerID (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getLayerOrdinate (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getModelCoordinate (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getModelCoordLocation (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getModelSRID (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getNODATA (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getPyramidMaxLevel (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getPyramidType (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getRasterBlockLocator (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getRasterBlocks (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getRasterData (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getRasterSubset (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getScaling (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getSourceInfo (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getSpatialDimNumber (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getSpatialDimSizes (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getSpatialResolutions (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getSpectralResolution (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getSpectralUnit (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getSRS (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getStatistics (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getTotalLayerNumber (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getULTCoordinate (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getVAT (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getVersion (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- hasBitmapMask (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- hasGrayScale (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- hasNODATAMask (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- hasPseudoColor (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- importFrom (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- init (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- isBlank (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- isOrthoRectified (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- isRectified (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- isSpatialReferenced (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- mergeLayers layers
-
- merging (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- mosaic (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- reference information (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- scaleCopy (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- schemaValidate (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setBeginDateTime (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setBinFunction (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setBinTable (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setBitmapMask (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setBlankCellValue (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setColorMap (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setColorMapTable (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setDefaultBlue (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setDefaultColorLayer (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setDefaultGreen (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setDefaultRed (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setEndDateTime (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setGrayScale (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setGrayScaleTable (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setHistogramTable (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setID (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setLayerID (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setLayerOrdinate (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setModelSRID (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setOrthoRectified (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setRasterType (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setRectified (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setScaling (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSourceInfo (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSpatialReferenced (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSpatialResolutions (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSpectralResolution (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSpectralUnit (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSRS (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setStatistics (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setULTCoordinate (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setVAT (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setVersion (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- subset (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- updateRaster (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- validateBlockMBR (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- validateGeoRaster (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOR package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_GEOR_ADMIN package
-
- checkSysdataEntries (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- isRDTNameUnique (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- isUpgradeNeeded (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- listGeoRasterColumns (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- listGeoRasterObjects (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- listGeoRasterTables (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- listRasterDanglingData (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- listRDT (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- listRegisteredRDT (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- listUnregisteredRDT (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- maintainSysdataEntries (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- reference information (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- registerGeoRasterColumns (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- registerGeoRasterObjects (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- upgradeGeoRaster (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOR_ADMIN package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_GEOR_COLORMAP object type (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOR_GRAYSCALE object type (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOR_HISTOGRAM object type (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOR_SRS constructor (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOR_SRS object type (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOR_UTL package
-
- calcRasterNominalSize (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- calcRasterStorageSize (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- createDMLTrigger (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- makeRDTNamesUnique (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- reference information (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- renameRDT (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOR_UTL package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_GEOR_XMLSCHEMA_TABLE table (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEORASTER datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- SDO_GEORASTER object type (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
- metadata attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- rasterDataTable attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- rasterID attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- rasterType attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- spatialExtent attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GTYPE attribute (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- constraining data to a geometry type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Get_Dims method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Get_GType method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Get_LRS_Dim method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_INDEX_TABLE entry in index metadata views (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_INDX_DIMS keyword (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_INSIDE operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_INTERPRETATION value (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_INTERSECTION function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_JOIN operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_KEYWORDARRAY data type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_LENGTH function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_LIST_TYPE type (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_LRS package
-
- CLIP_GEOM_SEGMENT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONCATENATE_GEOM_SEGMENTS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONNECTED_GEOM_SEGMENTS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_DIM_ARRAY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_GEOM (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_LAYER (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_DIM_ARRAY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_GEOM (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_LAYER (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DEFINE_GEOM_SEGMENT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DYNAMIC_SEGMENT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FIND_LRS_DIM_POS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FIND_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FIND_OFFSET (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GEOM_SEGMENT_END_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GEOM_SEGMENT_END_PT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GEOM_SEGMENT_LENGTH (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GEOM_SEGMENT_START_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GEOM_SEGMENT_START_PT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GET_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GET_NEXT_SHAPE_PT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GET_NEXT_SHAPE_PT_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GET_PREV_SHAPE_PT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GET_PREV_SHAPE_PT_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- IS_GEOM_SEGMENT_DEFINED (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- IS_MEASURE_DECREASING (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- IS_MEASURE_INCREASING (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- IS_SHAPE_PT_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- LOCATE_PT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- LRS_INTERSECTION (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MEASURE_RANGE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MEASURE_TO_PERCENTAGE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- OFFSET_GEOM_SEGMENT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PERCENTAGE_TO_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PROJECT_PT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- REDEFINE_GEOM_SEGMENT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- RESET_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- REVERSE_GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- REVERSE_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SET_PT_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SPLIT_GEOM_SEGMENT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TRANSLATE_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALID_GEOM_SEGMENT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALID_LRS_PT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALID_MEASURE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_LRS_GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_LRS package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_MAX_MBR_ORDINATE function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_MBR function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_MIGRATE package
-
- TO_CURRENT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_MIGRATE package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_MIN_MBR_ORDINATE function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NET package
-
- COMPUTE_PATH_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- COPY_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_LINK_TABLE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_LOGICAL_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_LRS_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_LRS_TABLE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_NODE_TABLE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_PARTITION_TABLE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_PATH_LINK_TABLE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_PATH_TABLE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SDO_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SUBPATH_TABLE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_TOPO_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_LINK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_PATH (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_SUBPATH (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DEREGISTER_CONSTRAINT (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DROP_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- FIND_CONNECTED_COMPONENTS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GENERATE_PARTITION_BLOBS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_CHILD_LINKS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_CHILD_NODES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_GEOMETRY_TYPE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_IN_LINKS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_INVALID_LINKS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_INVALID_NODES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_INVALID_PATHS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_ISOLATED_NODES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LINK_COST_COLUMN (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LINK_DIRECTION (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LINK_GEOM_COLUMN (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LINK_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LINK_TABLE_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LINKS_IN_PATH (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LRS_GEOM_COLUMN (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LRS_LINK_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LRS_NODE_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LRS_TABLE_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NETWORK_TYPE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NO_OF_HIERARCHY_LEVELS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NO_OF_LINKS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NO_OF_NODES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_DEGREE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_GEOM_COLUMN (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_IN_DEGREE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_OUT_DEGREE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_TABLE_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_OUT_LINKS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_PARTITION_SIZE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_PATH_GEOM_COLUMN (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_PATH_TABLE_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_HIERARCHICAL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_LINK_IN_PATH (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_LOGICAL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_NODE_IN_PATH (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_SPATIAL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- LOAD_CONFIG (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- LRS_GEOMETRY_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- NETWORK_EXISTS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- reference information (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- REGISTER_CONSTRAINT (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOMETRY_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_LOGGING_LEVEL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_MAX_JAVA_HEAP_SIZE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SPATIAL_PARTITION (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- TOPO_GEOMETRY_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_LINK_SCHEMA (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_LRS_SCHEMA (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_NODE_SCHEMA (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_PARTITION_SCHEMA (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_PATH_SCHEMA (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_SUBPATH_SCHEMA (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NET package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_NET_MEM package
-
- reference information (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_MAX_MEMORY_SIZE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- statements for describing (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- using for editing and analysis (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NET_MEM package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_NET_MEM.LINK package
-
- GET_CHILD_LINKS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_CO_LINK_IDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_COST (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_END_MEASURE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_END_NODE_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_GEOM_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LEVEL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_PARENT_LINK_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_SIBLING_LINK_IDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_START_MEASURE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_START_NODE_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_STATE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_TYPE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_ACTIVE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_EXTERNAL_LINK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_LOGICAL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_TEMPORARY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_COST (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_END_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_GEOM_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_LEVEL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_MEASURE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_PARENT_LINK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_START_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_STATE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_TYPE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NET_MEM.NETWORK package
-
- ADD_LINK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ADD_LRS_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ADD_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ADD_PATH (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ADD_SDO_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_LINK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_PATH (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_MAX_LINK_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_MAX_NODE_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_MAX_PATH_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_MAX_SUBPATH_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NET_MEM.NETWORK_MANAGER package
-
- ALL_PATHS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_LOGICAL_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_LRS_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_REF_CONSTRAINTS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SDO_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DEREGISTER_CONSTRAINT (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DISABLE_REF_CONSTRAINTS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DROP_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ENABLE_REF_CONSTRAINTS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- FIND_CONNECTED_COMPONENTS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- FIND_REACHABLE_NODES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- FIND_REACHING_NODES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_REACHABLE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- LIST_NETWORKS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- MCST_LINK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- NEAREST_NEIGHBORS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- READ_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- REGISTER_CONSTRAINT (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SHORTEST_PATH (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SHORTEST_PATH_DIJKSTRA (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- TSP_PATH (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_NETWORK_SCHEMA (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- WITHIN_COST (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- WRITE_NETWORK (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NET_MEM.NODE package
-
- GET_ADJACENT_NODE_IDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_CHILD_NODE_IDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_COMPONENT_NO (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_COST (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_EXTERNAL_NETWORK_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_EXTERNAL_NETWORK_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_EXTERNAL_NODE_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_GEOM_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_HIERARCHY_LEVEL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_IN_LINK_IDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_INCIDENT_LINK_IDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_MEASURE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_OUT_LINK_IDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_PARENT_NODE_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_SIBLING_NODE_IDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_STATE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_TYPE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_ACTIVE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_EXTERNAL_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_LOGICAL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_TEMPORARY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- LINK_EXISTS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- MAKE_TEMPORARY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_COMPONENT_NO (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_COST (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_EXTERNAL_NETWORK_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_EXTERNAL_NODE_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_GEOM_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_HIERARCHY_LEVEL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_MEASURE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_PARENT_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_STATE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_TYPE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NET_MEM.PATH package
-
- COMPUTE_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_COST (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_END_NODE_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_LINK_IDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NO_OF_LINKS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_IDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_START_NODE_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_TYPE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_ACTIVE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_CLOSED (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_CONNECTED (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_LOGICAL (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_SIMPLE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- IS_TEMPORARY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_PATH_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_TYPE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NN operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- complex examples (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- optimizer hints (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NN_DISTANCE ancillary operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NN_DISTANCE operator
-
- complex examples (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_NUMBER_ARRAY type (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_OLS package (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- MakeOpenLSClobRequest (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MakeOpenLSRequest (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_OLS package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_ON operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ORDINATE_ARRAY type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ORDINATES attribute (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_OVERLAPBDYDISJOINT operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_OVERLAPBDYINTERSECT operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_OVERLAPS operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_PC object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_PC_BLK object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_PC_BLK_TYPE object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_PC_PKG package
-
- CLIP_PC (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_PC (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DROP_DEPENDENCIES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GET_PT_IDS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- INIT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TO_GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_PC_PKG package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_POINT attribute (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_POINT_TYPE object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_POINTONSURFACE function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_PREFERRED_OPS_SYSTEM table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_PREFERRED_OPS_USER table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_PRIME_MERIDIANS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_PROJECTIONS_OLD_FORMAT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_PROJECTIONS_OLD_SNAPSHOT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_RASTER object type (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
- bandBlockNumber attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- blockMBR attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- columnBlockNumber attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pyramidLevel attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- rasterBlock attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- rasterID attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- rowBlockNumber attribute (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_RASTERSET collection type (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_RDF package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_RDF_INFERENCE package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_REGAGGR object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_REGAGGRSET object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_REGION object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_REGIONSET object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_RELATE operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ROWIDPAIR object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ROWIDSET data type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_RTREE_SEQ_NAME sequence object (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_SAM package (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- AGGREGATES_FOR_GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- AGGREGATES_FOR_LAYER (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- BIN_GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- BIN_LAYER (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- COLOCATED_REFERENCE_FEATURES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SIMPLIFY_GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SIMPLIFY_LAYER (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SPATIAL_CLUSTERS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TILED_AGGREGATES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TILED_BINS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_SAM package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_SRID attribute (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ST_TOLERANCE table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_STARTING_OFFSET value (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TFM_CHAIN type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TGL_OBJECT type (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TGL_OBJECT_ARRAY type (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TIN object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TIN_BLK object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TIN_BLK_TYPE object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TIN_PKG package
-
- CLIP_TIN (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_TIN (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DROP_DEPENDENCIES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- INIT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TO_GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TIN_PKG package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_TOPO package
-
- ADD_TOPO_GEOMETRY_LAYER (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_TOPOLOGY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DELETE_TOPO_GEOMETRY_LAYER (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DROP_TOPOLOGY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_FACE_BOUNDARY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_TOPO_OBJECTS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- INITIALIZE_AFTER_IMPORT (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- INITIALIZE_METADATA (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- PREPARE_FOR_EXPORT (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- reference information (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- RELATE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TOPO package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_TOPO_GEOMETRY constructors (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TOPO_GEOMETRY datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- SDO_TOPO_GEOMETRY member functions
-
- GET_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_TGL_OBJECTS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_TOPO_ELEMENTS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TOPO_GEOMETRY type (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TOPO_MAP package
-
- ADD_EDGE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ADD_ISOLATED_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ADD_LINEAR_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ADD_LOOP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ADD_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ADD_POINT_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ADD_POLYGON_GEOMETRY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CHANGE_EDGE_COORDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CLEAR_TOPO_MAP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- COMMIT_TOPO_MAP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_EDGE_INDEX (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_FACE_INDEX (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_FEATURE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_TOPO_MAP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- DROP_TOPO_MAP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_CONTAINING_FACE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_EDGE_ADDITIONS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_EDGE_CHANGES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_EDGE_COORDS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_EDGE_DELETIONS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_EDGE_NODES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_FACE_ADDITIONS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_FACE_BOUNDARY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_FACE_CHANGES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_FACE_DELETIONS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NEAREST_EDGE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NEAREST_EDGE_IN_CACHE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NEAREST_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NEAREST_NODE_IN_CACHE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_ADDITIONS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_CHANGES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_COORD (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_DELETIONS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_FACE_STAR (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_NODE_STAR (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_TOPO_NAME (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- GET_TOPO_TRANSACTION_ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- LIST_TOPO_MAPS (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- LOAD_TOPO_MAP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- MOVE_EDGE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- MOVE_ISOLATED_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- MOVE_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- reference information (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- REMOVE_EDGE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- REMOVE_NODE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- REMOVE_OBSOLETE_NODES (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- ROLLBACK_TOPO_MAP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SEARCH_EDGE_RTREE_TOPO_MAP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SEARCH_FACE_RTREE_TOPO_MAP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_MAX_MEMORY_SIZE (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- UPDATE_TOPO_MAP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_TOPO_MAP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_TOPOLOGY (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TOPO_MAP package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_TOPO_OBJECT type (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TOPO_OBJECT_ARRAY type (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TOUCH operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TUNE package
-
- AVERAGE_MBR (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- ESTIMATE_RTREE_INDEX_SIZE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- EXTENT_OF (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MIX_INFO (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- QUALITY_DEGRADATION (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_TUNE package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_UNION function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_UNIT column
-
- in SDO_AREA_UNITS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- in SDO_DIST_UNITS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_UNITS_OF_MEASURE table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_UTIL package
-
- APPEND (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- APPEND_TO_COLLECTION (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CIRCLE_POLYGON (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONCAT_LINES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_UNIT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DROP_WORK_TABLES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- ELLIPSE_POLYGON (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- EXTRACT (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- EXTRUDE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FROM_GML311GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FROM_GMLGEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FROM_WKBGEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FROM_WKTGEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GETNUMELEM (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GETNUMVERTICES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GETVERTICES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- INITIALIZE_INDEXES_FOR_TTS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- POINT_AT_BEARING (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- POLYGONTOLINE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PREPARE_FOR_TTS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- RECTIFY_GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- REMOVE_DUPLICATE_VERTICES (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- REVERSE_LINESTRING (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SIMPLIFY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TO_GML311GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TO_GMLGEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TO_WKBGEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TO_WKTGEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_WKBGEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_WKTGEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_UTIL package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_VERSION function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_VOLUME function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_WFS_LOCK package (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- RegisterFeatureTable (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- UnRegisterFeatureTable (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_WFS_LOCK package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_WFS_PROCESS package (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- DropFeatureType (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- DropFeatureTypes (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GenCollectionProcs (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GetFeatureTypeId (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GrantFeatureTypeToUser (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- GrantMDAccessToUser (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- InsertCapabilitiesInfo (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- InsertFtDataUpdated (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- InsertFtMDUpdated (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PopulateFeatureTypeXMLInfo (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- PublishFeatureType (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- RegisterMTableView (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- RevokeFeatureTypeFromUser (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- RevokeMDAccessFromUser (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- UnRegisterMTableView (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_WFS_PROCESS package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SDO_WITHIN_DISTANCE operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- complex examples (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_XOR function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDOAGGRTYPE object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- sdoldgtf.sql script (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- sdondmxml.zip file (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- sdonm Java client interface (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- sdotopo Java client interface (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SDP protocol
-
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- parameters for addresses (Net Services Reference)
- SDP.PF_INET_SDP networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SDU
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
-
- See session data unit (SDU)
- Streams best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SDU networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- sea level
-
- gravity-related height (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- search attributes (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- default (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- mapping (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- search condition
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in the WHERE clause (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in the WHERE clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SEARCH_COLUMNS column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SEARCH_EDGE_RTREE_TOPO_MAP function (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SEARCH_FACE_RTREE_TOPO_MAP function (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- searchable text (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- searched CASE expression (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- searched CASE statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- searching
-
- XML (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- searching CLOB instances (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- searching multilingual documents (Globalization Support Guide)
- searching string (Globalization Support Guide)
- searchlets (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- seasonal data (OLAP DML Reference)
- sec_admin example security administrator
-
- creating (2 Day + Security Guide)
- removing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SEC_CASE_SENSITIVE_LOGIN initialization parameter (Security Guide)
- SEC_CASE_SENSITIVE_LOGON initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- SEC_MAX_FAILED_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- SEC_PROTOCOL_ERROR_FURTHER_ACTION initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- SEC_PROTOCOL_ERROR_TRACE_ACTION initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- sec_relevant_cols_opt parameter (Security Guide)
- SEC_RETURN_SERVER_RELEASE_BANNER initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- SEC_USER_AUDIT_ACTION_BANNER initialization parameter (Security Guide)
- SEC_USER_AUDIT_ACTION_BANNER networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SEC_USER_UNAUTHORIZED_ACCESS_BANNER initialization parameter (Security Guide)
- SEC_USER_UNAUTHORIZED_ACCESS_BANNER networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
-
- COST parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SECOND
-
- datatype field (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- secondary datafiles (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- secondary filter (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- secondary level sort (Globalization Support Guide)
- secondary memory
-
- of object (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- secondary navigation (Application Express User's Guide)
- secondary objects (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- SECONDS option (OLAP DML Reference)
- secret key
-
- location in RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- section
-
- attribute (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- field (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- groups and types (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- HTML example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- MDATA (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- nested (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- overlapping (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- repeated zone (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SDATA (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- special (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- stop section (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- types and groups (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- zone (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- section group
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- and section types (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating (Text Reference)
- creating with admin tool (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- viewing information about (Text Reference)
- section group example (Text Reference)
- section group types (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- section searching (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- enabling (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- HTML (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- nested (Text Reference)
- SECTION SIZE parameter
-
- BACKUP command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- sectioner
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- sectioning
-
- automatic (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- path (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- sections
-
- adding dynamically (Text Reference)
- constraints for dynamic addition (Text Reference)
- creating attribute (Text Reference)
- creating field (Text Reference)
- creating zone (Text Reference)
- nested (Text Reference)
- overlapping (Text Reference)
- removing (Text Reference)
- repeated field (Text Reference)
- repeated zone (Text Reference)
- viewing information on (Text Reference)
- Secure Application Configuration Issues Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application role (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Secure Application Role Audit Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure application roles
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- advantages (2 Day + Security Guide)
- components (2 Day + Security Guide)
- creating (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creating PL/SQL package (Security Guide)
- DBMS_SESSION.SET_ROLE procedure (Security Guide)
- deleting (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACSEC_ROLES.SET_ROLE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- example (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- functionality (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- functions
-
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACSEC_ROLES (configuration) (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACSEC_ROLES package (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL (utility) (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL (utility) (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL fields (constants) (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- guidelines on managing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- invoker's rights (2 Day + Security Guide)
- invoker's rights requirement (Security Guide)
- package for (Security Guide)
- performance effect (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reports (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
- Rule Set Configuration Issues Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- See also roles, rule sets
- troubleshooting (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- troubleshooting with auditing report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- user environment information from SYS_CONTEXT SQL function (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- using to ensure database connection (Security Guide)
- views
-
- DBA_DV_ROLE (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure communications
-
- between tiers in grid control environments (High Availability Overview)
- secure queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- disabling user access (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- enabling user access (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- propagation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams clients
-
- users (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- secure role applications
-
- audit event, custom (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- secure shell
-
- configuring (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- administering listener remotely (2 Day + Security Guide)
- certificate key algorithm (2 Day + Security Guide)
- certificates, enabling for user and server (2 Day + Security Guide)
- cipher suites (2 Day + Security Guide)
- configuration files, securing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- guidelines (2 Day + Security Guide)
- mode (2 Day + Security Guide)
- pass phrase (2 Day + Security Guide)
- RSA private key (2 Day + Security Guide)
- server.key file (2 Day + Security Guide)
- TCPS (2 Day + Security Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- architecture (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- authentication parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- authentication process in an Oracle environment (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate key algorithm (Security Guide)
- certificates, enabling for user and server (Security Guide)
- cipher suites (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- client authentication parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- client configuration (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- combining with other authentication methods (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuration files, securing (Security Guide)
- configuring (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuring Entrust-enabled SSL on the client (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuring for SYSDBA or SYSOPER access (Security Guide)
- enabling (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- enabling Entrust-enabled SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- global users with private schemas (Security Guide)
- guidelines for security (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- handshake (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- industry standard protocol (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- listener, administering (Security Guide)
- mode (Security Guide)
- pass phrase (Security Guide)
- requiring client authentication (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- RSA private key (Security Guide)
- securing SSL connection (Security Guide)
- server configuration (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- server.key file (Security Guide)
- sqlnet.ora file sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- system requirements (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- TCPS (Security Guide)
- version parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- wallet location, parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SECUREFILE
-
- ALTER TABLE parameters (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- LOB storage parameter (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- SecureFile
-
- CREATE TABLE parameters (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- initialization parameters (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- SecureFile LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SECUREFILE parameter (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SecureFiles (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- compression (Concepts)
- deduplication (Concepts)
- encryption (Concepts)
- encryption during Data Pump export (Utilities)
- file system-like logging (Concepts)
- using Oracle SecureFiles with GeoRaster (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SecurID (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- token cards (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SecurID authentication (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- security
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #9] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- accessing a database (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- administrator of (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- administrator privileges (Concepts)
- Advanced Security (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Advanced Security for JDBC connection (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- and database links (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- and SNA validation (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- application developers and (Concepts)
- application enforcement of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- at destination level in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- at system level in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- auditing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- auditing policies (Concepts)
- authenticating application logons (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- authentication (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- authentication mechanisms
-
- in SNA security (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- in SNA security (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- authentication of users (Concepts)
- BFILEs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- BFILEs using SQL DDL (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- BFILEs using SQL DML (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- case-sensitive passwords (Upgrade Guide)
- centralized user management in distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- changing password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- compatibility parameter (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- CRS commands (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- data (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- data warehouse (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- data, definition (Concepts)
- database security (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- database server
-
- access control configuration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client network timeouts (Net Services Reference)
- client network timeouts (Net Services Reference)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Reference)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Reference)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Reference)
- database users and (Concepts)
- DBMS_LOGSTDBY package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBUri (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- default user accounts
-
- locked and expired automatically (Security Guide)
- locking and expiring (Security Guide)
- deployment templates (Advanced Replication)
- discretionary access control (Concepts)
- discretionary access control, definition (Concepts)
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- domains, definition (Concepts)
- domains, enabled roles and (Security Guide)
- dynamic predicates (Concepts)
- encryption (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enforcement (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- enforcement in application (Security Guide)
- enforcement in database (Security Guide)
- enforcement mechanisms listed (Concepts)
- enforcing (SQL Language Reference)
- establishing policies (Administrator's Guide)
- features of operating system (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- file ownership (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- fine-grained access control (Concepts)
- for materialized view replication (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- trusted compared with untrusted (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for multimaster replication (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- trusted compared with untrusted (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for pages (Application Express User's Guide)
- for TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- general users (Concepts)
- group accounts (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- integrity (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- internal networks (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Internet (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Internet networks (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Intranet (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- introduction (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- level of (Concepts)
- link accessibility for public and private databases (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- links and CONNECT clauses (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- listeners
-
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Reference)
- password usage (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- password usage (Net Services Reference)
- restricting runtime administration (Net Services Reference)
- management tools (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- message persistence (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- metadata (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- multibyte characters in role names (Security Guide)
- multibyte characters in role passwords (Security Guide)
- multiple-user access (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- OCI applications (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- operating-system security and the database (Concepts)
- Oracle Advanced Security support (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- overview of gateway security requirements (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- password viewable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- passwords (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- policies
-
- applications (Security Guide)
- implementing (Concepts)
- SQL*Plus users, restricting (Security Guide)
- tables or views (Security Guide)
- policies for database administrators (Concepts)
- privilege management policies (Concepts)
- privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- procedures enhance (Security Guide)
- processing inbound connections
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- program interface enforcement of (Concepts)
- propagations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue privileges (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue tables
-
- secure parameter (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- read/write mode (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- read-only mode (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- remote objects (Administrator's Guide)
- replication (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- resources, additional (Security Guide)
- RESTRICT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- roles (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- roles to force security (Concepts)
- roles, advantages in application use (Security Guide)
- Scheduler (Administrator's Guide)
- security policies (Concepts)
- See also security risks
- See alsopasswords
- site autonomy (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- specifying SNA conversation security (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- specifying SNA conversation security, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- standards (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- system (Concepts)
- system, definition (Concepts)
- test databases (Concepts)
- threats (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- data tampering (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- dictionary attacks (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- eavesdropping (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- falsifying identities (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- password-related (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- trusted compared with untrusted (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- two-task architecture (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- using synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- views and (Concepts)
- wallet (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- security administrator
-
- example of creating (2 Day + Security Guide)
- removing sec_admin (2 Day + Security Guide)
- security alerts (Security Guide)
- security attributes
-
- authentication (Application Express User's Guide)
- Authentication Scheme (Application Express User's Guide)
- Authorization Scheme (Application Express User's Guide)
- Database Schema (Application Express User's Guide)
- Home Link (Application Express User's Guide)
- Login URL (Application Express User's Guide)
- Public User (Application Express User's Guide)
- Session State Protection (Application Express User's Guide)
- security clauses
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- security considerations (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
-
- direct path export (Utilities)
- security domains
-
- definition (Concepts)
- enabled roles and (Concepts)
- Security Enhancements (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- security evaluations
-
- EAL4 (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SECURITY networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- security parameters (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- security patches
-
- about (Security Guide)
- downloading (Security Guide)
- security policies
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- introduction (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring changes (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- See Oracle Virtual Private Database, policies
- VPD (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- security policies, Oracle Database Vault addressing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Security Policy Exemption Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- security properties (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- Security Related Database Parameters Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Security reports
-
- Column Privileges report (Application Express User's Guide)
- security risks
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- ad hoc tools (Security Guide)
- application users not being database users (Security Guide)
- applications enforcing rather than database (Security Guide)
- audit records being tampered with (Security Guide)
- bad packets to server (Security Guide)
- database version displaying (Security Guide)
- encryption keys, users managing (Security Guide)
- file upload table (Application Express User's Guide)
- password files (Security Guide)
- passwords exposed in large deployments (Security Guide)
- privileges carelessly granted (Security Guide)
- PUBLIC privilege, objects created with (Security Guide)
- remote user impersonating another user (Security Guide)
- server falsifying identities (Security Guide)
- standard audit trail, protecting (Security Guide)
- users with multiple roles (Security Guide)
- security roles (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- security settings
-
- configuring password policies (Application Express User's Guide)
- disabling access to Administration Services (Application Express User's Guide)
- disabling access to Internal (Application Express User's Guide)
- disabling cookies to populate login form (Application Express User's Guide)
- enabling login controls (Application Express User's Guide)
- excluding domains (Application Express User's Guide)
- exluding URL regions (Application Express User's Guide)
- restricting by IP address (Application Express User's Guide)
- Security Sockets Layer (SSL)
-
- use of term includes TLS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- security strategy
-
- full (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- minimal (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- multiuser (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- security tasks, common (2 Day + Security Guide)
- security validation (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- security violations
-
- monitoring attempts (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- security vulnerabilities
-
- how Database Vault addresses (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- operating systems (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reports (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
- Security Related Database Parameters Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- root operating system directory (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- security, XSQL Pages (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SECURITY=NONE SNA security option (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SECURITY=NONE SNA security option, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SECURITY=NONE TCP/IP security option (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SECURITY=PROGRAM SNA security option, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SECURITY=SAME SNA security option, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SecurityPermission (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- SEED procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- seeding (Application Express User's Guide)
- Segment Advisor
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
-
- configuring Scheduler job (Administrator's Guide)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- invoking with Enterprise Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- invoking with PL/SQL (Administrator's Guide)
- running manually (Administrator's Guide)
- using (2 Day DBA)
- viewing results (Administrator's Guide)
- views (Administrator's Guide)
- segment advisor (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (High Availability Overview)
- segment attributes clause
-
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- segment geometry
-
- in route request (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SEGMENT MANAGEMENT clause
-
- of CREATE TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- segment shrink (Concepts)
- segment space management, automatic (Concepts)
- segment width (OLAP DML Reference)
- SEGMENT_CORRUPT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SEGMENT_DROP_CORRUPT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SEGMENT_DUMP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SEGMENT_FIX_STATUS procedure
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- DBMS_REPAIR (Administrator's Guide)
- SEGMENT_VERIFY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- segments
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- analytic workspace (OLAP DML Reference)
- available space (Administrator's Guide)
- data (Concepts)
- data dictionary views for (Administrator's Guide)
- deallocating extents from (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- deallocating unused space (Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- displaying information on (Administrator's Guide)
- geometric (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- header block (Concepts)
- index (Concepts)
- locking (OLAP DML Reference)
- overview of (Concepts)
- retrieving maximum size of (OLAP DML Reference)
- shrinking (Administrator's Guide)
- space management
-
- automatic (SQL Language Reference)
- manual (SQL Language Reference)
- using bitmaps (SQL Language Reference)
- using free lists (SQL Language Reference)
- storage parameters for temporary (Administrator's Guide)
- table
-
- compacting (SQL Language Reference)
- compacting (SQL Language Reference)
- compacting (SQL Language Reference)
- compacting (SQL Language Reference)
- temporary (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- allocating (Concepts)
- cleaned up by SMON (Concepts)
- dropping (Concepts)
- FILE parameter in SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- operations that require (Concepts)
- tablespace containing (Concepts)
- segment-level statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SELDFCLP variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDFCRCP variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDFMT variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-CUR-VNAMEL variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-MAX-VNAMEL variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-VNAME variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-CUR-VNAMEL variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-MAX-VNAMEL variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-VNAME variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDV variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDVLN variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDVTYP variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- select
-
- with XSU (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SELECT and array size (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SELECT ANY CUBE DIMENSION system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT ANY CUBE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT ANY DICTIONARY (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SELECT ANY DICTIONARY privilege
-
- data dictionary, accessing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- exclusion from GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES privilege (Security Guide)
- SELECT ANY DICTIONARY system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT ANY MINING MODEL (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- SELECT ANY MINING MODEL system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT ANY SEQUENCE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT clause (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SELECT command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- and BREAK command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and COLUMN command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and COMPUTE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and DEFINE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and ORDER BY clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- embedded SQL examples (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- formatting results (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- select descriptor (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
- information in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- select descriptor area (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- select descriptor, information in (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- select descriptors
-
- information in (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELECT FOR UPDATE statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SELECT INTO statement
-
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- returning one row (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT INTO statements
-
- error conditions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- select list
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- number of items in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using the free() function for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using the malloc() function for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- select lists
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- creating (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- creating dependent list of values (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- ordering (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT MINING MODEL (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- SELECT object privilege
-
- on a materialized view (SQL Language Reference)
- on a mining model (SQL Language Reference)
- on a sequence (SQL Language Reference)
- on a table (SQL Language Reference)
- on a view (SQL Language Reference)
- on an OLAP cube (SQL Language Reference)
- on an OLAP cube dimension (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT operation (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SELECT privilege
-
- for object tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SQL statements permitted (Security Guide)
- SELECT privileges (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- SELECT SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- select SQLDA
-
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SELECT statement
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #13] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #14] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #15] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #16] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #17] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #18] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #19] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #20] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #21] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #22] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #23] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #24] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #25] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #26] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- accessing non-Oracle system (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- available clauses (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- clauses available for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- composite indexes (Concepts)
- controlling with command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- embedded SQL examples (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- fetch reblocking (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- FOR UPDATE clause and location transparency (Administrator's Guide)
- INTO clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- INTO clause in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- read consistency (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- read-only gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- retrieving results sets (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SAMPLE clause (Performance Tuning Guide)
- testing (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- to retrieve object references (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to select LOB locator (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use of NULL keyword (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- using host arrays (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using host arrays in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using host tables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using the SQLERRD(3) field (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- VERSIONS BETWEEN...AND clause (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- WHERE clause in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- with AS OF clause (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SELECT statements
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- bulk binding for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- subqueries (Concepts)
- that reference collections (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SELECT statements (in OLAP DML) (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- See also SQL command in OLAP DML
- SELECT WHERE
-
- SQL clause (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SELECT_BASELINE_METRICS Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SELECT_CATALOG_ROLE privilege (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SELECT_CATALOG_ROLE role (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- SYS schema objects, enabling access to (Security Guide)
- SELECT_CURSOR_CACHE Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SELECT_ERROR
-
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SELECT_ERROR option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SELECT_ERROR precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELECT_OBJECT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SELECT_SQLSET function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SELECT_WORKLOAD_REPOSITORY functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SelectCommand property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- selecting
-
- alias dimension values (OLAP DML Reference)
- by position (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- by time series (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- data (OLAP DML Reference)
- selecting an instance with environment variables (Administrator's Guide)
- selecting metadata input files (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- selecting metadata model (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- selecting schema objects (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- selecting tables (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- selecting the apply instance (Data Guard Broker)
- selectivity (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
- creating indexes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- improving for an index (Performance Tuning Guide)
- indexes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- ordering columns in an index (Performance Tuning Guide)
- selectNode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- selectNodeContent() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SELECTNODES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- selector (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SELECTSINGLENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- selectValue method
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- selectValues method
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- select-list
-
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- select-list items
-
- naming (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- self joins (SQL Language Reference)
- SELF parameter (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
- methods (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SELF_CHECK procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SELF_IS_NULL exception (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- self-crossing line strings and polygons (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- self-intersecting polygons (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- self-joins
-
- optimizing (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- self-tipping couch (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- sem file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SEM_ALIAS data type (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_ALIASES data type (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_APIS package
-
- BULK_LOAD_FROM_STAGING_TABLE (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CLEANUP_FAILED (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_ENTAILMENT (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_RULEBASE (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_RULES_INDEX (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SEM_MODEL (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SEM_NETWORK (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_ENTAILMENT (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_RULEBASE (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_RULES_INDEX (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_SEM_MODEL (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_SEM_NETWORK (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- DROP_USER_INFERENCE_OBJS (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- GET_MODEL_ID (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- GET_MODEL_NAME (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- GET_TRIPLE_ID (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- LOOKUP_RULES_INDEX (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- reference information (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- TRIPLE (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_ENTAILMENT (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_MODEL (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- VALUE_NAME_PREFIX (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_APIS package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SEM_DISTANCE ancillary operator (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_INDEXTYPE index type (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_MATCH table function (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_MODEL$ view (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_MODELS data type (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_PERF package
-
- GATHER_STATS (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_PERF package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SEM_RELATED operator (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_RULEBASE_INFO view (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_RULEBASES data type (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_RULES_INDEX_DATASETS view (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- SEM_RULES_INDEX_INFO view (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- semantic checking
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- controlling with the SQLCHECK option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- enabling (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using the SQLCHECK option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- with the SQLCHECK option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- semantic data
-
- blank nodes (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- constructors (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- data types (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- demo files (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- examples (PL/SQL) (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- in the database (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- metadata (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- metadata tables and views (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- methods (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- modeling (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- objects (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- properties (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- queries using the SEM_MATCH table function (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- security considerations (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- statements (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- steps for using (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- subjects (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- semantic index
-
- creating (MDSYS.SEM_INDEXTYPE) (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- semantic technologies
-
- overview (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- semantics (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
- copy-based for internal LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- reference based for BFILEs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- string comparison (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- semantics-checking
-
- caching online results (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default checker, Oracle checkers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling online in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling online, setting user schema (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoking SQLCheckerCustomizer (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- of profiles, via customizer harness (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- registering drivers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting default URL prefix (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting password (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting URL (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying offline checker (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying online checker (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCheckerCustomizer options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- steps involved (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SEMI_rules-index-name view (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- semicolon
-
- does not terminate cursor declaration (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- semicolon (;)
-
- in PL/SQL blocks (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQL commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQL*Plus commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- not stored in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- semijoins (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- semi-major axis (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- semi-minor axis (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- semi-structured XML data
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SEMM_model-name view (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- semmni parameter
-
- recommended value on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommended value on Linux x86 (Installation Guide for Linux)
- semmns parameter
-
- recommended value on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommended value on Linux x86 (Installation Guide for Linux)
- semmsl parameter
-
- recommended value on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommended value on Linux x86 (Installation Guide for Linux)
- semopm parameter
-
- recommended value on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommended value on Linux x86 (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SEMR_rulebase-name view (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- semtimedop support (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SEND command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- Send operation Time field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SEND procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SEND_ATTACH_RAW procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SEND_ATTACH_VARCHAR2 procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SEND_BUF_SIZE networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- SEND_MESSAGE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SEND_OLD_VALUES procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- sendBatch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sender identification
-
- during enqueuing (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- sending messages
-
- shorter than 32 767 bytes (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- SendQEntries property (Data Guard Broker)
- SENSITIVE (cursor state) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sensitive data
-
- Oracle Label Security (2 Day + Security Guide)
- Oracle Virtual Private Database (2 Day + Security Guide)
- secure application roles (2 Day + Security Guide)
- sensitive objects reports (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- sensitivity (cursor states, WITH clause) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sensitivity in result sets to database changes (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SENTENCE keyword (Text Reference)
- sentence section
-
- defining (Text Reference)
- querying (Text Reference)
- Separate compilation
-
- restrictions on (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- separate precompilation
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- definition of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- guidelines (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- guidelines for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- need for (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- referencing cursors for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- specifying MAXOPENCURSORS for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using a single SQLCA with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- separation of duty concept
-
- command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database accounts (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database accounts, suggested (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- database roles (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Database Vault Account Manager role (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Database Vault enforcing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- realms (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- restricting privileges (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- roles (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- separation of duty concepts (2 Day + Security Guide)
- separators (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SEQ synonym for USER_SEQUENCES view (Reference)
- sequence
-
- altering (Application Express User's Guide)
- browsing (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- dependent objects (Application Express User's Guide)
- dropping (Application Express User's Guide)
- grants associated with (Application Express User's Guide)
- sequence numb (Utilities)
- sequence numbers
-
- cached (Utilities)
- exporting (Utilities)
- for multiple tables and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- generated by SQL*Loader SEQUENCE clause (Utilities)
- generated, not read and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- with Oracle Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- sequence object for R-tree index (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- sequence objects
-
- in the PGDD environment dictionary (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SEQUENCE_CACHE_ENTRIES parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- sequenced delete operations (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- disabling (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- enabling (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- Sequenced Packet Exchange
-
- Oracle JDBC OCI Driver (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- sequenced update operations (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- disabling (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- enabling (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- sequences
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- accessing (Administrator's Guide)
- accessing values of (SQL Language Reference)
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- auditing (Security Guide)
- caching sequence numbers (Administrator's Guide)
- changing
-
- the increment value (SQL Language Reference)
- CHECK constraints prohibit (Concepts)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- creating and editing (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- creating without limit (SQL Language Reference)
- CURRVAL (Administrator's Guide)
- CURRVAL and NEXTVAL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- for populating table columns (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- granting
-
- system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- guarantee consecutive values (SQL Language Reference)
- how to use (SQL Language Reference)
- increment value, setting (SQL Language Reference)
- incrementing (SQL Language Reference)
- independence from tables (Concepts)
- initial value, setting (SQL Language Reference)
- length of numbers (Concepts)
- log sequence number (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- managing (Administrator's Guide)
- maximum value
-
- eliminating (SQL Language Reference)
- setting (SQL Language Reference)
- setting or changing (SQL Language Reference)
- minimum value
-
- eliminating (SQL Language Reference)
- setting (SQL Language Reference)
- setting or changing (SQL Language Reference)
- NEXTVAL (Administrator's Guide)
- node, edge, and face
-
- privileges needed for cross-schema topology editing (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- number generation (Concepts)
- number of cached values, changing (SQL Language Reference)
- Oracle Real Applications Clusters and (Administrator's Guide)
- ordering values (SQL Language Reference)
- preallocating values (SQL Language Reference)
- recycling values (SQL Language Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- renaming (SQL Language Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- restarting (SQL Language Reference)
-
- at a different number (SQL Language Reference)
- at a predefined limit (SQL Language Reference)
- values (SQL Language Reference)
- reusing (SQL Language Reference)
- stopping at a predefined limit (SQL Language Reference)
- synonyms for (SQL Language Reference)
- unsupported on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- where to use (SQL Language Reference)
- sequential flattening (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- sequential read ahead
-
- tuning (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- sequential read wait events
-
- actions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- sequential view (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- ser profiles (.ser)
-
- converting to .class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- generated profiles (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- ser2class option (sqlj -ser2class) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SERIAL data type (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- serial processes
-
- tuning for Oracle Streams AQ (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SERIAL_REUSE initialization parameter (Reference)
- serializable option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SERIALIZABLE transactions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- serializable transactions (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
-
- isolation level of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SerializablePermission (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- serialization
-
- of transactions (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- serialized objects
-
- as host variables (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- in iterator columns (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SerializableDatum class (sample) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- through custom Java class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to RAW and BLOB columns (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- serially reusable packages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SERIALLY_REUSABLE pragma (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SERV_MOD_ACT_STAT_DISABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SERV_MOD_ACT_STAT_ENABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SERV_MOD_ACT_TRACE_DISABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SERV_MOD_ACT_TRACE_ENABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- server
-
- integration with PL/SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- server configuration
-
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- allocating resources with shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- log files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- loopback tests (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- starting (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- starting the database (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- trace files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- server connections
-
- methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Server Control
-
- see SRVCTL
- Server Control (SRVCTL)
-
- description of (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- Server Control (SRVCTL) utility
-
- usage on Oracle resources (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Server Control Utility (SRVCTL) (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- overview and concepts (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Server Data on Insert property (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- server database error (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- server generated alerts (High Availability Overview)
- server grid (High Availability Overview)
- server handle
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- setting in service context (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Server Management
-
- administration of instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- server methods (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- SERVER networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- Server Pages (PSPs)
-
- PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SERVER parameter
-
- net service name (Administrator's Guide)
- server parameter file (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- and Automatic Storage Management (Administrator's Guide)
- backing up (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- broker property management (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Administrator's Guide)
- exporting (Administrator's Guide)
- filenames (Data Guard Broker)
- inconsistent values from Data Guard configuration file (Data Guard Broker)
- migrating to (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- overview (Reference)
- raw device for
-
- on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- recovering (Administrator's Guide)
- RMAN backup (Administrator's Guide)
- setting initialization parameter values (Administrator's Guide)
- setting values in (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SPFILE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- startup (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- STARTUP command behavior (Administrator's Guide)
- viewing parameter settings (Administrator's Guide)
- server parameter file (SPFILE) (Installation Guide for Linux)
- server parameter files
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #4] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- autobackups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuring autobackups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- creating (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- from memory (SQL Language Reference)
- errors (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- restoring (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- server processes
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- archiver (ARCn) (Administrator's Guide)
- background (Administrator's Guide)
- checkpoint (CKPT) (Administrator's Guide)
- database writer (DBWn) (Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated (Administrator's Guide)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- dispatcher (Dnnn) (Administrator's Guide)
- dispatchers (Administrator's Guide)
- global cache service (LMS) (Administrator's Guide)
- listener process and (Concepts)
- log writer (LGWR) (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring locks (Administrator's Guide)
- number (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Reference)
- process monitor (PMON) (Administrator's Guide)
- recoverer (RECO) (Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Administrator's Guide)
- system monitor (SMON) (Administrator's Guide)
- trace files for (Administrator's Guide)
- server properties (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- server round trips
-
- cache functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datatype mapping and manipulation functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- describe operation (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOB functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- object functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- relational functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- server sessions, Recovery Manager (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- server testing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- server troubleshooting (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- server type
-
- dedicated (Net Services Reference)
- pooled (Net Services Reference)
- shared (Net Services Reference)
- server wallet
-
- keys (SQL Language Reference)
- server.key file
-
- pass phrase to read and parse (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- SERVERERROR event
-
- triggers on (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SERVEROUTPUT (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
-
- displaying output from PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- setting ON to display output (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SERVEROUTPUT option (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- SERVEROUTPUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- servers
-
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client/server architecture (Concepts)
- dedicated (Concepts)
-
- shared servers contrasted with (Concepts)
- in client/server architecture, definition (Concepts)
- Oracle Clusterware requirements (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (High Availability Overview)
- Reuse limit daemon parameter (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- role in two-phase commit (Administrator's Guide)
- scalability (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- shared
-
- architecture (Concepts)
- architecture (Concepts)
- dedicated servers contrasted with (Concepts)
- processes of (Concepts)
- processes of (Concepts)
- servers compatibility (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- server-based mirroring
-
- ASM (High Availability Overview)
- server-generated alerts (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- server-side coding (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Server-Side Include (SSI), definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- server-side internal driver
-
- connection to database (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side internal driver (JDBC) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side Java classes, publishing (JPublisher User's Guide)
- server-side load balancing (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- server-side scripts (Concepts)
- server-side software (Data Guard Broker)
- server-side SQLJ
-
- class loading (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- coding considerations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compilation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection to database (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- default output device (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dropjava (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dropping Java schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- error output (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- fixed settings (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- generated output from translation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- introduction (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Java multithreading (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- JDBC differences (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- loading classes/resources into server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- loading source into server, translating (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming generated class schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming loaded class schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming loaded resource schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- naming source schema objects (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- recursive calls (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- running client program in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL names vs. Java names (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translating in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translating on client (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- verifying code is running in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side Thin driver (JDBC) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side Thin driver, overview (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- service
-
- administration (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- creating (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- definition of (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- deleting (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- dependencies (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- failover (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- levels (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- performance-related thresholds (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- SRVCTL object noun name (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- terminating (Application Express User's Guide)
- use with workload management (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- using for database connections (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- SERVICE (SER or SERV) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SERVICE attribute (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- service command (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- service context handle
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- elements of (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- service handlers
-
- dedicated servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- dispatchers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service handles (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- service hours (Performance Tuning Guide)
- service interfaces (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- service level agreements (High Availability Overview)
- service level objective
-
- defining for Oracle RAC (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- service metrics
-
- OCI runtime connection load balancing (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- OCI runtime connection load balancing, Preface (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- runtime connection load balancing (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- service name
-
- character set keyword values (Net Services Reference)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- in COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of remote database (SQL Language Reference)
- service names
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- database links and (Administrator's Guide)
- errors resolving service name (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- registering
-
- db_unique_name_DGMGRL (Data Guard Broker)
- service object pair
-
- defined (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- service oriented architecture (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- Service Pack 5.0 or greater
-
- correcting Windows NT Explorer crashes (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- installation requirements (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- SERVICE parameter
-
- FAN, and matching database signature (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- service port number, DRDA_CONNECT_PARM (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- service registration
-
- benefits (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- connection load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- events in listener.log (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service_died listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service_register listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service_update listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service requests
-
- tracking (2 Day DBA)
- service routine (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
- examples (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- service routines
-
- C external subprograms and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SERVICE TIME
-
- load balancing advisory goal (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- service_died listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SERVICE_NAME networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SERVICE_NAME parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SERVICE_NAMES initialization parameter (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #7] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #8] (Reference)
-
- setting for services (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SERVICE_NAMES parameter (Concepts)
- service_register listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service_update listener log event (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- services
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- access to a queue (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- activity levels aggregated by instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- activity levels aggregated by services (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- activity levels aggregated by waits (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- administering (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- administering with DBCA (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- administering with Enterprise Manager (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- administering with PL/SQL (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- administering with PL/SQL DBMS_SERVICE package (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- administering with SRVCTL (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- application (Administrator's Guide)
- application, configuring (Administrator's Guide)
- application, deploying (Administrator's Guide)
- application, using (Administrator's Guide)
- available instance (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- basic concepts about (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- concepts (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring automatic workload management characteristics (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- default (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- introduction to (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- monitoring (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- on Windows (2 Day DBA)
- OracleCSService on Windows systems (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- OracleEVMService on Windows systems (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- OraFenceService on Windows systems (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- performance monitored by AWR (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- preferred instance (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- SERVICE_NAMES parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- specifying a service (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- using (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- viewing overview (Application Express User's Guide)
- SERVICES command (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
-
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- services file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- service-oriented architecture (SOA)
-
- security enhancements for Oracle XML DB, Preface (Security Guide)
- servlet, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- servlet, XSQL (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- servlets
-
- accessing repository data (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- APIs (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- configuring (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- installing (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- session pooling (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- testing (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- writing (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- in Java (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- XML manipulation (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SESSCACHE option (OLAP DML Reference)
- session
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- connection (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- cookies (Application Express User's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ID (Application Express User's Guide)
- killing (Application Express User's Guide)
- migration (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- namespace (Java Developer's Guide)
- purging by age (Application Express User's Guide)
- shutting down (OLAP DML Reference)
- starting up (OLAP DML Reference)
- Session (JMS)
-
- creating (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SESSION _TRACE_DISABLE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SESSION _TRACE_ENABLE Procedur (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- session architecture, Recovery Manager (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- session cache
-
- See OLAP session cache
- session context
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- for KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- GetSessionInfo function (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- session control statements (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- PL/SQL support of (SQL Language Reference)
- session creation (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Session data control property (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- adjusting to improve network performance (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Session Data Unit (SDU) Size field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session globalization parameters (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- session globalization settings (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- session ID
-
- facilitating bookmarking (Application Express User's Guide)
- session information, retrieving (2 Day + Security Guide)
- session labels
-
- changing (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- computed (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- distributed database (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- example (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- OCI interface (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- restoring (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_UTL.SET_LABEL (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- saving defaults (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting compartments (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting levels (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- understanding (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- viewing (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- session layer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session locks
-
- releasing (SQL Language Reference)
- session logs
-
- printing (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving (OLAP DML Reference)
- session management (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- session memory (Java Developer's Guide)
- session memory statistic (Performance Tuning Guide)
- session multiplexing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- advantages relative to connection pooling (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session parameters
-
- changing settings (SQL Language Reference)
- ERROR_ON_OVERLAP (Globalization Support Guide)
- INSTANCE (SQL Language Reference)
- session pool handle
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- session pooling (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- functionality (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- protocol server (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- runtime connection load balancing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- tagging (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Session report (Application Express User's Guide)
- session state
-
- clearing (Application Express User's Guide)
- clearing application cache (Application Express User's Guide)
- clearing cache by item (Application Express User's Guide)
- clearing cache by page (Application Express User's Guide)
- clearing cache for current user session (Application Express User's Guide)
- clearing cache for two pages (Application Express User's Guide)
- enabling projection (Application Express User's Guide)
- fetching for current application (Application Express User's Guide)
- management (Application Express User's Guide)
- managing (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- passing item value (Application Express User's Guide)
- protection (Application Express User's Guide)
- purging current session (Application Express User's Guide)
- referencing (Application Express User's Guide)
- removing (Application Express User's Guide)
- removing for current page (Application Express User's Guide)
- removing for current session (Application Express User's Guide)
- setting (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing session details (Application Express User's Guide)
- session state protection
-
- configuring all attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- configuring security attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- disabling (Application Express User's Guide)
- enabling (Application Express User's Guide)
- enabling from Edit Security Attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- enabling from Session State Protection (Application Express User's Guide)
- enabling using a wizard (Application Express User's Guide)
- reports (Application Express User's Guide)
- understanding (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing existing settings (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing summaries (Application Express User's Guide)
- Session State Protection attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- session state values
-
- managing (Application Express User's Guide)
- session time zone (Globalization Support Guide)
- session trees for distributed transactions
-
- clients (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- database servers (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- global coordinators (Administrator's Guide)
- local coordinators (Administrator's Guide)
- tracing transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- SESSION_CACHED_CURSORS
-
- change in behavior (Upgrade Guide)
- SESSION_CACHED_CURSORS initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- compatibility (Upgrade Guide)
- SESSION_CONTEXT view (Reference)
- SESSION_MAX_OPEN_FILES initialization parameter (Reference)
- SESSION_MAX_OPEN_FILES parameter (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- SESSION_PRIVS view (Reference)
- SESSION_ROLES view (Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- queried from PL/SQL block (Security Guide)
- session_start() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- SESSION_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- SESSION_TIMEOUT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SESSION_TRACE_DISABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SESSION_TRACE_ENABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- sessions
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- active (Administrator's Guide)
- audit events, custom (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- auditing by (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- beginning (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- calculating resource cost limits (SQL Language Reference)
- changing resource cost limits (SQL Language Reference)
- connections contrasted with (Concepts)
- creating a UserSession object (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- disconnecting (SQL Language Reference)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL fields (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- enabling parallel DML (Data Warehousing Guide)
- finding session user with DVF.F$SESSION_USER (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- granting
-
- system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- inactive (Administrator's Guide)
- interfaces supported (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- limiting CPU time (SQL Language Reference)
- limiting data block reads (SQL Language Reference)
- limiting inactive periods (SQL Language Reference)
- limiting private SGA space (SQL Language Reference)
- limiting resource costs (SQL Language Reference)
- limiting total elapsed time (SQL Language Reference)
- limiting total resources (SQL Language Reference)
- limits for each user (Concepts)
- listing privilege domain of (Security Guide)
- memory allocation in the large pool (Concepts)
- memory use, viewing (Security Guide)
- modifying characteristics of (SQL Language Reference)
- multiple (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- objects (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- package state and (Concepts)
- packages and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- preserving environment (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- properties (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- recording in disk file (OLAP DML Reference)
- restoring environment (OLAP DML Reference)
- restricting (SQL Language Reference)
- restricting to privileged users (SQL Language Reference)
- retrieving information with functions (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- setting advice for transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- switching to a different instance (SQL Language Reference)
- terminating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- terminating across instances (SQL Language Reference)
- terminating on a specific instance (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- time limits on (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- time zone setting (SQL Language Reference)
- user ID (OLAP DML Reference)
- when auditing options take effect (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- SESSIONS (SES or SESS) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SESSIONS initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- changing the value (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- SESSIONS parameter (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- sessions, beginning (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- sessions, monitoring (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- SESSIONS_PER_USER initialization parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SESSIONS_PER_USER parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- SESSIONTIMEZONE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SESSIONTIMEZONE SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- SET
-
- gateway initialization parameter (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SET (assignment) statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SET ASO_AUTHENTICATION_FILTER command (Net Services Reference)
- SET AUTOTRACE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- set based mode (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- set based update (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- set based versus row based
-
- loading transaction data (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- set based versus row based modes (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SET clause
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- in UPDATE statements (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- UPDATE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- use of subqueries in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using a subquery (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SET command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #9] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #10] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- APPINFO variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ARRAYSIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AUTOCOMMIT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AUTOPRINT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AUTORECOVERY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- AUTOTRACE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BLOCKTERMINATOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BUFFER variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLOSECURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CMDSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COLSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPATIBILITY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONCAT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COPYCOMMIT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COPYTYPECHECK variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DBID option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DEFINE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFINE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DESCRIBE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DOCUMENT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ECHO variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- EDITFILE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- EMBEDDED variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ENCRYPTION option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- ERRORLOGGING variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ESCAPE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ESCCHAR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FEEDBACK variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FLAGGER variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FLUSH variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADING variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- INSTANCE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LINESIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LOBOFFSET variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LOGSOURCE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LONG variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LONGCHUNKSIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- MARKUP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- MAXCORRUPT option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- MAXDATA variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NEWPAGE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NULL variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NUMFORMAT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NUMFORMAT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NUMWIDTH variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- PAGESIZE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PAGESIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PAUSE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RECSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RECSEPCHAR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SCAN variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SERVEROUTPUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SHIFTINOUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPACE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLBLANKLINES variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCASE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCONTINUE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLNUMBER variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPLUSCOMPATIBILITY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPREFIX variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPROMPT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLTERMINATOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- substitution variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SUFFIX variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TAB variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TERMOUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TIME variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TIMING variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRIMOUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRIMSPOOL variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRUNCATE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- UNDERLINE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used to format a REFCURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- VERIFY clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- VERIFY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WRAP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- XQUERY BASEURI variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- XQUERY CONTEXT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- XQUERY NODE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- XQUERY ORDERING variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET conditions (SQL Language Reference)
- SET CONNECT_TIMEOUT command (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SET CONNECTION statement (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SET CONNECTION_STATISTICS command (Net Services Reference)
- SET CONSTRAINT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SET CONSTRAINT(S) statement (SQL Language Reference)
- SET CONSTRAINTS command
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET CONSTRAINTS statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- DEFERRABLE or IMMEDIATE (Concepts)
- SET CURRENT_LISTENER command (Net Services Reference)
- SET DANGLING TO NULL clause
-
- of ANALYZE (SQL Language Reference)
- SET DATABASE clause
-
- of CREATE CONTROLFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- SET DESCRIPTOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SET DISPLAYMODE command
-
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- SET EVENT command (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SET function (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SET IDLE_TIMEOUT command (Net Services Reference)
- SET INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT command
-
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- SET INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT command, of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- SET INTERVAL clause (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- SET KEY clause
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- SET LOG_DESTINATION parameter (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SET LOG_DIRECTORY command
-
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control Utility (Net Services Reference)
- SET LOG_FILE command (Net Services Reference)
- SET LOG_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SET LOG_STATUS command (Net Services Reference)
- SET MARKUP
-
- BODY clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ENTMAP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEAD clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HTML (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- interactive HTML example (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PREFORMAT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TABLE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET NULL constraints
-
- not supported for version-enabled tables (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- Set operations (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- set operators
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- compatibility, SQL Set Clauses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- EXCEPT, SQL Set Clauses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- INTERSECT (SQL Language Reference)
- INTERSECT, SQL Set Clauses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- MINUS (SQL Language Reference)
- MINUS, SQL Set Clauses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- UNION (SQL Language Reference)
- UNION ALL (SQL Language Reference)
- SET OUTBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT command (Net Services Reference)
- SET PASSWORD command
-
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- SET ROLE command
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET ROLE statement (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- application code, including in (Security Guide)
- associating privileges with role (Security Guide)
- disabling roles with (Security Guide)
- enabling roles with (Security Guide)
- equivalent to SET_ROLE (Security Guide)
- how password is set (Security Guide)
- when using operating-system roles (Security Guide)
- SET SAVE_CONFIG_ON_STOP command (Net Services Reference)
-
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- SET SESSION_TIMEOUT command (Net Services Reference)
- SET STANDBY DATABASE clause
-
- of ALTER DATA (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SET STARTUP_WAITTIME command (Net Services Reference)
- SET STATE command
-
- and setting the apply instance (Data Guard Broker)
- SET statement
-
- AUTORECOVERY option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- LOGSOURCE variable (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SET STATEMENT_ID clause
-
- of EXPLAIN PLAN (SQL Language Reference)
- SET system variable summary (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET TIME_ZONE clause
-
- ALTER SESSION (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE DATABASE (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- SET TRACE_DIRECTORY command (Net Services Reference)
- SET TRACE_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference)
- SET TRACE_LEVEL parameter (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SET TRANSACTION command
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET TRANSACTION statement
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #7] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ISOLATION LEVEL (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- naming transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- READ ONLY parameter (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- READ ONLY parameter in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SET TRANSACTION syntax (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SET TRC_DIRECTORY command (Net Services Reference)
- SET TRC_FILE command (Net Services Reference)
- SET TRC_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference)
- SET UNUSED clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- SET USE_PLUGANDPLAY command (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- SET variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- See system variables
- SET WALLET clause
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- SET XQUERY BASURI (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET XQUERY CONTEXT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET XQUERY NODE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET XQUERY ORDERING (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SET* member procedures
-
- of ANYDATA TYPE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- of ANYDATASET TYPE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_ACCESS_PROFILE function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_ACCESS_PROFILE procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_ACTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_ANALYSIS_DEFAULT_PARAMETER Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_ANALYSIS_TASK_PARAMETER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_ATTRIBUTE procedure (Text Reference)
- SET_AUTHENTICATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_AUTHORIZATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_BASE_TABLE_NAME member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_BASE_TABLE_OWNER member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_BODY_CHARSET procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_BREAKPOINT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_CLIENT_INFO procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_CLIENT_SERVICE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_CNS_EXCEPTION_LOG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_COLUMN_STATS procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_COLUMNS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- SET_COMMAND_TYPE member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SET_COMPARTMENTS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- set_compiler_option method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- SET_COMPONENT_NO procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_CONSUMER_GROUP_MAPPING procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_CONSUMER_GROUP_MAPPING_PRI procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_COOKIE_SUPPORT procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_COST procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_CURRENT_SCHEMA member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DAD_ATTRIBUTE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DATABASE_PREFS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DDL_TEXT member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DEFAULT_LABEL function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_DEFAULT_LABEL procedure
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_DEFAULT_SQLWKLD_PARAMETER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DEFAULT_TASK_PARAMETER Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DEFAULTS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DETAILED_EXCP_SUPPORT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DIAGNOSIS_TASK_PARAMETER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_DISABLED procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- SET_DML_HANDLER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- setting a DML handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting an error handler (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- unsetting a DML handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- unsetting an error handler (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SET_END_NODE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_ENQUEUE_DESTINATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SET_EXECUTE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SET_EXPRESSION Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_EXTERNAL_NETWORK_ID procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_EXTERNAL_NODE_ID procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_EXTRA_ATTRIBUTE member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_FOLLOW_REDIRECT procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_GEOM_ID procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_GEOMETRY procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_GLOBAL_ATTRIBUTE Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_GLOBAL_INSTANTIATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_GLOBAL_INSTANTIATION_SCN procedure (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SET_GLOBAL_PREFS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_GROUPS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_HEADER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_HIERARCHY_LEVEL procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_INDEX_STATS procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_INITIAL_CONSUMER_GROUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_INSTANCE procedure (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- SET_JAVA_LOGGING_LEVEL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_KEY_COLUMNS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- removing substitute key columns (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting substitute key columns (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SET_KEY_TYPE procedure (Text Reference)
- SET_LABEL function
-
- and RESTORE_DEFAULT_LABELS (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- on remote database (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SA_UTL.SET_LABEL (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- using (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_LABEL procedure
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_LEVEL procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_LEVELS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_LOB_INFORMATION member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_LOB_OFFSET member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_LOB_OPERATION_SIZE member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_LOG_LEVEL Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_LOGGING_LEVEL procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_LOGON_USER member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_MAILHOST Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_MAILPORT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_MAX_JAVA_HEAP_SIZE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_MAX_MEMORY_SIZE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_MEASURE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_MESSAGE_NOTIFICATION procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SET_MESSAGE_TRACKING procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SET_MODULE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_NAME procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_OBJECT_NAME member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SET_OBJECT_OWNER member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_OBJECT_TYPE member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_OER_BREAKPOINT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_OPTION Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- set_output method (Java Developer's Guide)
- SET_P1_RESOURCES Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PARAMETER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
- apply process (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SET_PARENT_LINK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_PARENT_NODE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_PATH_ID procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_PERSISTENT_CONN_SUPPORT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PLSQL_LOGGING_LEVEL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PLSQL_TRACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- set_preference method (Java Developer's Guide)
- SET_PROG_PRIVS function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_PROPERTY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PROTECTION_REALM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PROXY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_PT_MEASURE procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SET_RESPONSE_ERROR_CHECK procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_ROW_LABEL function
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_ROW_LABEL procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_RULE_TRANSFORM_FUNCTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SET_SCHEDULE procedure (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- SET_SCHEMA_INSTANTIATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_SCHEMA_INSTANTIATION_SCN procedure (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SET_SCHEMA_PREFS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_SENDFROM Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_SESSION_LONGOPS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_SESSION_TIMEOUT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_SOURCE_DATABASE_NAME member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_SQLWKLD_PARAMETER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_START_NODE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_STATE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_SYSTEM_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TABLE_INSTANTIATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TABLE_INSTANTIATION_SCN procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SET_TABLE_PREFS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TABLE_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TAG member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TAG procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SET_TASK_PARAMETER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_THRESHOLD procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TIMEOUT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TIMEOUT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TIMEOUT_BEHAVIOUR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TRANSFER_TIMEOUT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TRANSFORM Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TRIGGER_FIRING_PROPERTY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SET_TUNING_TASK_PARAMETER Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_TYPE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SET_UP_QUEUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SET_UPDATE_CONFLICT_HANDLER procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- modifying an update conflict handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- removing an update conflict handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting an update conflict handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SET_USER_LABELS procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_USER_PRIVS function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SET_VALUE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_VALUE member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SET_VALUE_DEPENDENCY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_VALUES member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SET_WALLET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_WARNING_SETTING_STRING procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_WATERMARK Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET_XML_INFORMATION member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SET1 command (OLAP DML Reference)
- SETACL Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETACL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SetArg
-
- Java API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- setAsciiStream() method
-
- for writing CLOB data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SETATTRIBUTE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setAttribute() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SETATTRIBUTENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setAttributeNode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setAttributeNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setAudioDuration( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SETAUTHOR Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setAutoBuffering() method
-
- of the oracle.sql.ARRAY class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- of the oracle.sql.STRUCT class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setAutoCommit() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setAutoIndexing() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SETBASEDIR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setBaseURI() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- SETBATCHSIZE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setBeginDateTime procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setBFILE() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setBinaryStream() method
-
- for writing BLOB data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SETBINDVALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setBinFunction procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setBinTable procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setBinXsl() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setBitmapMask procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setBitRate( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setBlankCellValue procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setBLOB() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setBytes() limitations, using streams to avoid (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setCapabilitiesInfo method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SetCaptureEvent procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SETCHARACTERSET Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setCharacterStream() method
-
- for writing CLOB data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setCLOB() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SETCOLLIDATTRNAME procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setColorMap procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setColorMapTable procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SETCOMMENT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETCOMMITBATCH procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setCompressionType( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- SetCompressWorkspace procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetConflictWorkspace procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- setConnectionContext() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SETCONTENT Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETCONTENTTYPE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setContext() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setContextFrom() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SETCONVERTSPECIALCHARS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setCursorName() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SETCUSTOMMETADATA Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETDATA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- SETDATAHEADER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setDataModel( ) procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- SETDATEFORMAT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETDCHARSET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setDefaultBlue procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setDefaultColorLayer procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setDefaultExecuteBatch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setDefaultGreen procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setDefaultRed procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setDefaultRowPrefetch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setDescription( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- SetDiffVersions procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- setDisableStatementCaching() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setDiscardWhitespaces() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SETDISPLAYNAME Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETDOCTYPE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETDOCTYPE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setDomainInfo method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SETDVERSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setEncoding( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SETENCODINGTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setEnd() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setEndAfter() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setEndBefore() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setEndDateTime procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SETERRORLOG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETERRORTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setEscapeProcessing() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setExecuteBatch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setExpandCharRefs() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setExpression method (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- setFault() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setFetchSize() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setFixedCHAR() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setFormat( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #3] (Multimedia Reference)
- setFormOfUse method (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setFormOfUse() method (Globalization Support Guide)
- setFrameRate( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setFrameResolution( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setFrameSize( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setFrom() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SETFTPPORT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setGrayScale procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setGrayScaleTable procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setHistogramTable procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SETHTPPORT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setID procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setif command
-
- OIFCFG command-line interface (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SETIGNORECASE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETINFO member procedure
-
- of ANYTYPE TYPE (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setKeyColumn PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SETKEYCOLUMN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setKeyColumn() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- setKeyExpression method (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- setKnownAttributes( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- SETLANGUAGE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setLayerID procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setLayerOrdinate procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SETLISTENERENDPOINT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETLISTENERLOCALACCESS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setLocal( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- SetLockingOFF procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetLockingON procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- setMaxFieldSize() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setMaxRows (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SETMAXROWS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETMETAHEADER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setMimeType( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setModelSRID procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SetMultiWorkspaces procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- setMustUnderstand() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SETNAMEDITEM function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setNamedItem() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setNamedItemNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setNCLOB() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SETNODEVALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setNodeValue() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SETNODEVALUEASBINARYSTREAM Function & Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETNODEVALUEASCHARACTERSTREAM Function & Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setNull() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setNull() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setNumberOfChannels( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setNumberOfColors( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setNumberOfFrames( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setObejct() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setObject() method
-
- for BFILES (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for CustomDatum objects (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for object references (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for STRUCT objects (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to write object data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setObject() XMLType method (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setOPAQUE() XMLType method (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SETOPTIONS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setOracleObject() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- for BFILES (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for BLOBs and CLOBs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setORAData() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setOrthoRectified procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SETOWNER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETPARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setPlsqlIndexTable() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- arguments
-
- int curLen (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- int elemMaxLen (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- int elemSqlType (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- int maxLen (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- int paramIndex (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- int paramIndex (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Object arrayData (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- code example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setPoolConfig() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SETPREFIX procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setPrefix() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SETPRESERVEWHITESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setprivgrp command (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- setProperties( ) method (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #3] (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #4] (Multimedia Reference)
- setProperties( ) method (XML) (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- setProperties( ) method for foreign images (Multimedia Reference)
- SetProperty
-
- Java API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- setQuery method (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- SETRAISEEXCEPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETRAISENOROWSEXCEPTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setRaiseNoRowsException() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- setRasterType procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setRecordViewMap method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- setRectified procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setREF() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setRemarksReporting() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SETRENDERPATH Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETRENDERSTREAM Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setResultSetCache() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setRole() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SETROWIDATTRNAME procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETROWIDATTRVALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setRowPrefetch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SETROWSETTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SETROWTAG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setSampleSize( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setSamplingRate( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setSAXHandler() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #3] (XML C++ API Reference)
- setScaling procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSchemaLocation() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setSchemaValidated PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SETSCHEMAVALIDATED procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setSchemaValidated() XMLType method (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- setSkipRows (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SETSKIPROWS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setSource( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- setSourceInfo procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSourceInformation( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SETSOURCELANG Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setSpatialReferenced procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSpatialResolutions procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSpectralResolution procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSpectralUnit procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setSQLDataType method (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- SETSQLTOXMLNAMEESCAPING procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setSRS procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SETSTANDALONE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setStart() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setStartAfter() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setStartBefore() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setStatistics procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setStopOnWarning() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setString() limitations, using streams to avoid (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setString() method
-
- to bind ROWIDs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SETSTYLESHEETHEADER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setStylesheetHeader() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SetSystemParameter procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SETTAGCASE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting
-
- a schedule (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- a starting point (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- an instance (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- configuration protection mode (Data Guard Broker)
- database properties (Data Guard Broker)
- DISPLAY (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- internal LOBs to empty (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- LOBs to NULL (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- locale preferences (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- log apply services (Data Guard Broker)
- mapping properties (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- message log preferences (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- naming preferences (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- overrides for NLS_LANG variable
- password policy (2 Day DBA)
- redo transport services (Data Guard Broker)
- Scheduler privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- TMP (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- wizard preferences (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- setting attributes for SQLSetConnectAttr function (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- setting instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Setting Oracle Data Control Properties Programmatically (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- setting shell limits (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- Setting the Language Parameter (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Setting the Runtime Parameter (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- setting up
-
- Adabas data source (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Adabas metadata (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CICS (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- daemon workspace (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS data source (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS/DB metadata (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS/TM (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- reentrancy (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- VSAM data source (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- VSAM metadata (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- settings (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
- Support Vector Machine (Data Mining Concepts)
- settings table (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- setTransactionIsolation() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SetTriggerEvents procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- setULTCoordinate procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setup
-
- required (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- setup of SQLJ, testing (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setUpdateColumn PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SETUPDATECOLUMN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setUpdateColumnName() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- setUpdateColumnNames()
-
- XML SQL Utility (XSU)
-
- setUpdateColumnNames() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- setUpdateColumnNames() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- setUpdateTime( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- SETVALIDATIONMODE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setValidator() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SetValidTime procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetValidTimeFilterOFF procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetValidTimeFilterON procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- setValue method
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- SETVALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setValue() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setValue() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setValueDescriptionAttribute method (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- setValueFrom() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- setVAT procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setVersion procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setVideoDuration( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SetWarnDuplicateEntity() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SetWMValidUpdateModeOFF procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWMValidUpdateModeON procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWoOverwriteOFF procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWoOverwriteON procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWorkspaceLockModeOFF procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SetWorkspaceLockModeON procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- setXMLTableIndexInfo method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- setXSL() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- SETXSLT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setXSLT() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SETXSLTPARAM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setXXX() methods
-
- Oracle extended properties (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setXXX() methods, for specific data types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SGA
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- determining the size of (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- See Also system global area
- See System Global Area (SGA)
- SGA address space, increasing (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SGA clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SGA memory
-
- and SQL Apply (Data Guard Broker)
- SGA memory allocation (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SGA size (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SGA target
-
- setting (2 Day DBA)
- SGA_MAX_SIZE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SGA_MAX_SIZE parameter (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SGA_TARGET initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- and Automatic Shared Memory Management (Performance Tuning Guide)
- automatic memory management (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SGA_TARGET parameter (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- SGA_TARGET, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- SGA. See system global area (SGA)
- SGML, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SH schema (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
-
- general description (Sample Schemas)
- installing (Sample Schemas)
- scripts (Sample Schemas)
- SH user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- shadow column groups (Advanced Replication)
- shadow copies (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- shadow policy (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- shadow process (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- shadow processes (Concepts)
- SHADOW_CORE_DUMP initialization parameter (Reference)
- shape point (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- determining if measure value is a shape point (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- getting measure of next (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- getting measure of previous (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- getting next (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- getting previous (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- share (OLAP User's Guide)
- SHARE function (OLAP User's Guide)
- share locks
-
- share table locks (S) (Concepts)
- SHARE MODE option of LOCK TABLE statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SHARE ROW EXCLUSIVE lock mode (SQL Language Reference)
- share row exclusive locks (SRX)
-
- LOCK TABLE statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SHARE UPDATE lock mode (SQL Language Reference)
- SHARED clause
-
- of CREATE DATABASE LINK (SQL Language Reference)
- shared components
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- accessing (Application Express User's Guide)
- accessing reports (Application Express User's Guide)
- backing up (Application Express User's Guide)
- Breadcrumbs (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- icon (Application Express User's Guide)
- list of values (Application Express User's Guide)
- Lists (Application Express User's Guide)
- Lists of Values (Application Express User's Guide)
- Navigation Bar (Application Express User's Guide)
- Security (Application Express User's Guide)
- Shared Components page (Application Express User's Guide)
- Tabs (Application Express User's Guide)
- Templates (Application Express User's Guide)
- Theme (Application Express User's Guide)
- Shared Components icon (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Shared Components page
-
- Application Computations (Application Express User's Guide)
- Application Items (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Application Processes (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Authentication Schemes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Authorization Schemes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Breadcrumbs (Application Express User's Guide)
- Build Options (Application Express User's Guide)
- Cascading Style Sheets (Application Express User's Guide)
- Comments (Application Express User's Guide)
- Definition (Application Express User's Guide)
- Edit Attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Edit Security Attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Images (Application Express User's Guide)
- Lists (Application Express User's Guide)
- Lists of Values (Application Express User's Guide)
- Navigation Bar Entries (Application Express User's Guide)
- Report Layouts (Application Express User's Guide)
- Report Queries (Application Express User's Guide)
- Session State Protection (Application Express User's Guide)
- Shortcuts (Application Express User's Guide)
- Static Files (Application Express User's Guide)
- Tabs (Application Express User's Guide)
- Templates (Application Express User's Guide)
- Test Messages (Application Express User's Guide)
- Themes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Translate Application (Application Express User's Guide)
- Trees (Application Express User's Guide)
- User Interface Defaults (Application Express User's Guide)
- Web Service References (Application Express User's Guide)
- shared configuration file (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- shared connections
-
- using (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- shared cursor, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- shared database links
-
- configuring (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated servers, creating links to (Administrator's Guide)
- determining whether to use (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- shared servers, creating links to (Administrator's Guide)
- shared database objects
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- shared everything (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Shared Global Area (SGA)
-
- See System Global Area (SGA)
- SHARED keyword
-
- CREATE DATABASE LINK statement (Administrator's Guide)
- shared library (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
-
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- shared locks (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- shared memory segments (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- shared memory, on AIX (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- shared pool (Concepts)
-
- allocation of (Concepts)
- ANALYZE statement (Concepts)
- dependency management and (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- flushing (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- object dependencies and (Concepts)
- row cache and (Concepts)
- Shared Pool Advisor
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- description (2 Day DBA)
- shared pool contention (Performance Tuning Guide)
- shared reports (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- shared schema restrictions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- shared schemas (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- allocating channels (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- allocating resources (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- compared with dedicated server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring dispatchers (Administrator's Guide)
- configuring for use with RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuring RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- connect descriptor configuration parameters (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- dedicated server contrasted with (Concepts)
- defined (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- dispatcher processes (Concepts)
- dispatchers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- initialization parameters (Administrator's Guide)
- interpreting trace output (Administrator's Guide)
- limiting private SQL areas (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- operating system role management restrictions (Security Guide)
- Oracle Net Services or SQL*Net V2 requirement (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- parallel SQL execution (Data Warehousing Guide)
- performance issues (Performance Tuning Guide)
- private SQL areas (Concepts)
- processes (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- creating additional (SQL Language Reference)
- terminating (SQL Language Reference)
- processes needed for (Concepts)
- reducing contention (Performance Tuning Guide)
- restricted operations in (Concepts)
- session memory in the large pool (Concepts)
- SESSIONS initialization parameter (Reference)
- setting minimum number of servers (Administrator's Guide)
- system parameters (SQL Language Reference)
- trace files for processes (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning (Performance Tuning Guide)
- tuning memory (Performance Tuning Guide)
- using with connection pooling (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- virtual circuits (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server configurations (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- shared server environments
-
- application-provided serialization (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- automatic serialization (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- concurrency (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- thread safety (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- implementing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- shared server mode (2 Day DBA)
- shared server process (2 Day DBA)
- shared server processes
-
- maximum number (Reference)
- shared server processes (Snnn) (Concepts)
-
- described (Concepts)
- shared servers
-
- performance with Oracle Streams AQ (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- shared SQL
-
- for remote and distributed statements (Administrator's Guide)
- shared SQL areas (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- ANALYZE statement (Concepts)
- dependency management and (Concepts)
- described (Concepts)
- memory allocation (Performance Tuning Guide)
- overview of (Concepts)
- parse locks and (Concepts)
- procedures, packages, triggers and (Concepts)
- size of (Concepts)
- shared storage
-
- configuring when extending Oracle RAC (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- supported types (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- shared storage devices
-
- configuring for datafiles (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- verification (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- SHARED_MEMORY_ADDRESS initialization parameter (Reference)
- SHARED_MEMORY_ADDRESS parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- SHARED_POOL_RESERVED_SIZE initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- SHARED_POOL_SIZE initialization parameter (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #6] (Reference)
- [entry #7] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- allocating library cache (Performance Tuning Guide)
- tuning the shared pool (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SHARED_POOL_SIZE initialization parameters (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SHARED_POOL_SIZE parameter (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
- default (Java Developer's Guide)
- SHARED_SCHEMA column (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- SHARED_SERVER_SESSIONS initialization parameter (Reference)
- SHARED_SERVERS initialization parameter (Reference)
- SHARED_SERVERS parameter (Concepts)
- sharedhome argument (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- shell
-
- default shell startup file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- determining default shell for oracle user (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- shell commands (Java Developer's Guide)
- SHELL environment variable
-
- checking value of (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- shell limits
-
- setting (Installation Guide for Linux)
- setting on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- setting on Linux x86 (Installation Guide for Linux)
- shell startup file
-
- editing (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- removing environment variables (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- shells
-
- see Bourne, Korn, and C shells (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- shema discovery
-
- support (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- shift attribute, multi-byte support (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SHIFTINOUT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- shift-sensitive variable-width multibyte encoding schemes (Globalization Support Guide)
- SHLIB_PATH environment variable (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- shm_max parameter (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- shm_seg parameter (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- shmall file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- shmall parameter
-
- recommended value on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommended value on Linux x86 (Installation Guide for Linux)
- shmmax file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- shmmax parameter (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- recommended value on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommended value on Linux x86 (Installation Guide for Linux)
- shmmni file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- shmmni parameter
-
- recommended value on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- recommended value on Linux x86 (Installation Guide for Linux)
- shmseg parameter (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- short message property (JMS)
-
- getting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- setting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- short name, Java (Java Developer's Guide)
- short names (schema names) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Short OLAP Java API data type (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- short records with missing data
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- short waits
-
- definition (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- shortcut keys
-
- accelerator key mappings (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- for menus (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Shortcut page (Application Express User's Guide)
- shortcuts (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- defining (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- HTML Text (Application Express User's Guide)
- HTML Text with Escaped Special Characters (Application Express User's Guide)
- Image (Application Express User's Guide)
- Message (Application Express User's Guide)
- Message with JavaScript Escaped Special Quotes (Application Express User's Guide)
- PL/SQL Function Body (Application Express User's Guide)
- reports (Application Express User's Guide)
- Shortcut History (Application Express User's Guide)
- Shortcut page (Application Express User's Guide)
- Subscribed Shortcuts (Application Express User's Guide)
- supporting translatable messages (Application Express User's Guide)
- Text with JavaScript Escaped Single Quotes (Application Express User's Guide)
- types (Application Express User's Guide)
- SHORTEST_PATH function (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SHORTEST_PATH_DIJKSTRA function (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SHORTINT datatype
-
- C language (Utilities)
- shortname method (Java Developer's Guide)
- short-circuit evaluation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- DECODE function (SQL Language Reference)
- SHOW
-
- schema parameter (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SHOW ALL command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SHOW command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- ALL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BTITLE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ERRORS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LABEL variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing current page dimensions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LNO clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- of Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- PNO clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RELEASE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPFOOTER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPHEADER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPOOL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCODE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TTITLE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- USER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- XQUERY clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SHOW CONFIGURATION command (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW CONFIGURATION VERBOSE
-
- example (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW CONNECT_TIMEOUT command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW CONNECTIONS command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW CURRENT_LISTENER command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW DATABASE command (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW DATABASE VERBOSE command
-
- displaying properties (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW DEFAULTS command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW DISPLAYMODE command
-
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW EVENTS command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW FAST-START FAILOVER command
-
- example (Data Guard Broker)
- SHOW GATEWAYS command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW INSTANCE command (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- SQL*Plus (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SHOW LOG_DIRECTORY command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW LOG_FILE command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW LOG_STATUS command (Net Services Reference)
- Show Page (Application Express User's Guide)
- SHOW parameter
-
- Import utility (Utilities)
- SHOW PARAMETER command
-
- SQL*Plus (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SHOW PARAMETERS command (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- SHOW PARAMETERS statement (Security Guide)
- SHOW RAWMODE command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW RULES command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW SAVE_CONFIG_ON_STOP command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW SERVICES command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW SGA command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- SQL*Plus (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SHOW SGA statement (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SHOW SHOW FAST_START FAILOVER command (Data Guard Broker)
- show size of index objects (Text Reference)
- SHOW STARTUP_WAITTIME command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW STATUS command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW TRC_DIRECTORY command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW TRC_FILE command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW TRC_LEVEL command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW VERSION command (Net Services Reference)
- SHOW_BREAKPOINTS procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- show_extended_stats_name (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SHOW_EXTENDED_STATS_NAME Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SHOW_FRAME_SOURCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- show_indoubt
-
- public procedure (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- SHOW_SOURCE procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SHOW_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- showing
-
- See each SHOW command
- SHOWMODE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SHOWPAGE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- showReturns option (AuditorInstaller) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SHOWSOURCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- showSQL option (Oracle customizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- showThreads option (AuditorInstaller) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SHOWWARNINGS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SHRINK SPACE clause
-
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- shrinking a table (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- shrinking segments online (Administrator's Guide)
- shut down database
-
- Windows (2 Day DBA)
- SHUTDOWN
-
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- shutdown
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
-
- abnormal (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- automating (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- deallocation of the SGA (Concepts)
- FS_FAILOVER_OBSERVER_PRESENT view (Data Guard Broker)
- prohibited by dispatcher processes (Concepts)
- steps (Concepts)
- using crsctl commands (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- shutdown abort (Data Guard Broker)
-
- effect on fast-start failover (Data Guard Broker)
- SHUTDOWN ABORT command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SHUTDOWN ABORT statement (Concepts)
-
- consistent whole database backups (Concepts)
- SHUTDOWN clause
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- SHUTDOWN command
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- ABORT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ABORT clause (Administrator's Guide)
- ABORT option (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- IMMEDIATE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- IMMEDIATE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- NORMAL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NORMAL clause (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Plus (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- TRANSACTIONAL clause (Administrator's Guide)
- TRANSACTIONAL LOCAL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- shutdown database (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SHUTDOWN event
-
- triggers on (SQL Language Reference)
- SHUTDOWN Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SHUTDOWN procedure (PL/SQL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- SHUTDOWN statement
-
- ABORT option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SHUTDOWN TRANSACTIONAL (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- shutting down
-
- instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- shutting down a database (2 Day + Security Guide)
- shutting down an instance
-
- abnormal shutdown (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- shutting down an Oracle instance (Data Guard Broker)
- shutting down instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- shuttle multiple select list (Application Express User's Guide)
- SI_Append( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_AppendClrHstgr( ) procedure (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ArrayClrHstgr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_AverageColor constructors (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_AverageColor datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- SI_AverageColor method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_AverageColor object type
-
- reference information (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_AverageColor(averageColor) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_AverageColor(sourceImage) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_AvgClrFtr( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_AvgClrFtrWght( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ChangeFormat( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ChgContent( ) procedure (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ClearFeatures( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ClrHstgrFtr( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ClrHstgrFtrWght( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Color constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Color datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- SI_Color method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Color object type
-
- reference information (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram constructors (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram methods (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram object type
-
- reference information (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram(colors, frequencies) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram(firstColor, frequency) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram(sourceImage) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Content( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ContentLength( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ConvertFormat( ) procedure (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FeatureList constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FeatureList datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- SI_FeatureList methods (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FeatureList object type
-
- reference information (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FeatureList( ) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FindAvgClr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FindClrHstgr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FindPstnlClr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FindTexture( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Format( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetAvgClrFtr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetAvgClrFtrW( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetClrHstgrFtr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetClrHstgrFtrW( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetContent( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetContentLngth( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetFormat( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetHeight( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetPstnlClrFtr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetPstnlClrFtrW( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetSizedThmbnl( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetTextureFtr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetTextureFtrW( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetThmbnl( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetWidth( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Height( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_IMAGE_FORMAT_CONVERSIONS view (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_IMAGE_FORMAT_CONVRSNS view (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_IMAGE_FORMAT_FEATURES view (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_IMAGE_FRMT_FTRSS view (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_INFORMTN_FORMATS view (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_INFORMTN_SCHEMA user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SI_InitFeatures( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkAvgClr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkClrHstgr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkFtrList( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkRGBClr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkStillImage1( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkStillImage2( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_PositionalColor constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_PositionalColor methods (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_PositionalColor object type
-
- reference information (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_PositionalColor( ) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_PositionalColorHistogram datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- SI_PstnlClrFtr( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_PstnlClrFtrWght( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_RetainFeatures( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_RGBColor( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Score( ) for SI_FeatureList method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Score( ) method for SI_AverageColor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Score( ) method for SI_ColorHistogram (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Score( ) method for SI_PositionalColor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Score( ) method for SI_Texture (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ScoreByAvgClr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ScoreByClrHstgr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ScoreByFtrList function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ScoreByPstnlClr( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ScoreByTexture( ) function (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetAvgClrFtr( ) procedure (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetClrHstgrFtr( ) procedure (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetContent( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetFeature(averageColorFeature, averageColorFeatureWeight) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetFeature(colorHistogramFeature, colorHistogramFeatureWeight) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetFeature(positionalColorFeature, positionalColorFeatureWeight) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetFeature(textureFeature, textureFeatureWeight) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetPstnlClrFtr( ) procedure (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetTextureFtr( ) procedure (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage constructors (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- SI_StillImage methods (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage object type
-
- reference information (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage(content) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage(content, explicitFormat) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage(content, explicitFormat, height, width) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Texture constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Texture datatype (SQL Language Reference)
- SI_Texture method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Texture object type
-
- reference information (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Texture( ) constructor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_TextureFtr( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_TextureFtrWght( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Thumbnail( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Thumbnail(height, width) method (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_THUMBNAIL_FORMATS view (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_THUMBNAIL_FRMTS view (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_VALUES view (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Width( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- sibling links (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- getting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- sibling nodes (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- getting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- siblings
-
- ordering in a hierarchical query (SQL Language Reference)
- SID (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #5] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #6] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #9] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #10] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #11] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #12] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #13] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #14] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #15] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #16] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #17] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #18] (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- default values (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- description (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- length (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- setting ORACLE_SID environment variable (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SID (system identifier) (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- SID field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SID networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SID, configuring on the listener (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SID_DESC networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SID_LIST_listener_name networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
-
- Oracle Enterprise Manager requirements (Net Services Reference)
- SID_LIST_listener_name parameter
-
- external procedures (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager requirements (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SID_NAME networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- SID_NAME parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SID. See Oracle Database SID
- sidalrt.log file (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- side effect (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- side effects (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- controlling (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- side effects of functions, controlling (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Side Information
-
- aka CPI-C symbolic destination names (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- side information
-
- and Sym Dest Name option, on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Side Information Profile (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- side information profile
-
- communication errors (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Side Information Profiles (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
-
- description (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- function, on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- function, on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- function, on Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Side Profile Name (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- side profile name (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SIDE_NAME (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SIDEPROFILE (name) (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SidName property (Data Guard Broker)
- SIDs in connect strings, deprecated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Siebel
-
- importing metadata (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SIGCLD signal (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGCONT signal (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGINT signal (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGIO signal (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGN function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SIGN_POST table
-
- routing engine use of (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SIGNAL command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- signal handler (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- signal handlers (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGNAL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- signal routine (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- example (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- signals
-
- SIGCLD (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGCONT (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGINT (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGIO (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGPIPE (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGTERM (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGURG (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- signature (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- signature checking (Concepts)
- signature mismatch (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- SIGNATURE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- signatures
-
- input (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- output (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- signed applets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SIGNTYPE
-
- BINARY_INTEGER subtype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SIGPIPE signal (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGTERM signal (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SIGURG signal (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- silent mode
-
- about (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- reasons for using (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- silent mode installation (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SILENT parameter
-
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- Simple API for XML, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- simple application (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- simple authentication for directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- simple CASE expression (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- simple classification, see rule-based classification
- simple comparison condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- simple comparison conditions (SQL Language Reference)
- simple DG4APPC communication
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- simple element (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- simple expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- simple features (OGC)
-
- Oracle Spatial conformance (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SIMPLE linkage convention
-
- gateway support (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- simple materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) support
-
- database management (Administrator's Guide)
- Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP), definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- simple path (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- checking (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- simple XLink link
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- simple_DML_trigger (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SIMPLE_INTEGER datatype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SIMPLE_SQL_NAME Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- simpleContent
-
- mapping to object types (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- simpleType
-
- mapping to SQL (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- simplification of geometries (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Simplified Chinese
-
- index defaults (Text Reference)
- SIMPLIFY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SIMPLIFY_GEOMETRY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SIMPLIFY_LAYER procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- simulating
-
- standby database environment (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- simultaneous equations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- simultaneous equations in models (OLAP DML Reference)
- SIN function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- sine calculation (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- single application user
-
- identity propagation option (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- single command mode
-
- for Data Guard command-line interface (Data Guard Broker)
- single inheritance (Java Developer's Guide)
- single quotation mark (') as character-literal delimiter (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- single record view (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- single sign-on (SSO) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Single Sign-On Server (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- single standby database architecture
-
- failovers (High Availability Overview)
- single system image (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- single table (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- SINGLE TABLE clause
-
- of CREATE CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- single themes
-
- obtaining (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- single tier mode
-
- rule evaluation (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- SINGLE_SITE
-
- and PGA_CAPABILITY parameter (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SINGLEROW parameter (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- SingleSelectionTemplate class (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- singletons, singleton mechanism for wrapping instance methods (JPublisher User's Guide)
- single-byte character sets
-
- Export and Import (Utilities)
- single-byte encoding schemes (Globalization Support Guide)
- single-byte languages
-
- indexing (Text Reference)
- single-file tablespaces
-
- description (Administrator's Guide)
- single-instance ASM
-
- converting to clustered ASM (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- single-instance ASM upgrade
-
- ASM
-
- single-instance upgrade (Upgrade Guide)
- single-instance databases
-
- converting (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- quiescing (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- single-line comments (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- single-piece operation (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- single-piece read operation (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- single-piece write operation (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- single-record case data (Data Mining Concepts)
- single-row functions (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- single-site transactions (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- single-table hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- single-table insert (SQL Language Reference)
- single-table loads
-
- continuing (Utilities)
- singularity (Data Mining Concepts)
- SINH function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- site autonomy
- [entry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- site failure (High Availability Overview)
- site priority
-
- altering (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- site priority conflict resolution method (Advanced Replication)
-
- as a backup method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- site priority groups
-
- adding members to (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating
-
- syntax (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- removing members from (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- site profile
-
- glogin (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- site-specific tasks lists (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- adding a task (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting a task (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing a task (Application Express User's Guide)
- Six Sigma
-
- metrics (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- size
-
- analytic workspace (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- SIZE clause
-
- of ALTER CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- of file specifications (SQL Language Reference)
- size limit
-
- varrays (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- size limits
-
- for PL/SQL stored database objects (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Size of an Integer and ROWID (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- size of backup sets, setting (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- size of index, viewing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Size property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- size requirements (hardware) for spatial applications (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SIZES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- sizing redo logs (Performance Tuning Guide)
- skeleton tables (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- skewing parallel DML workload (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SKIP clause
-
- in BREAK command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in REPHEADER and REPFOOTER commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in TTITLE and BTITLE commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used to place blank lines before bottom title (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- skip handler
-
- setting up on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SKIP LOCKED clause of SELECT FOR UPDATE statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SKIP PAGE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SKIP parameter
-
- effect on SQL*Loader RECNUM specification (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- skip parameters
-
- for arrays of structures (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for standard arrays (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SKIP procedure
-
- of DBMS_LOGSTDBY (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SKIP WHEN NULL clause (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SKIP_CORRUPT_BLOCKS procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- DBMS_REPAIR (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- SKIP_ERROR procedure
-
- of the DBMS_LOGSTDBY package (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SKIP_INDEX_MAINTENANCE parameter
-
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- SKIP_TRANSACTION procedure
-
- of DBMS_LOGSTDBY (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SKIP_UNUSABLE_INDEXES initialization parameter (Reference)
- SKIP_UNUSABLE_INDEXES parameter (Concepts)
-
- Import utility (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- SKIP_USABLE_INDEXES parameter
-
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- skipjoins attribute (Text Reference)
- skipjoins character (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- skipping files in RMAN backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- skipping index maintenance (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- skipping levels in a dimension (Data Warehousing Guide)
- skipping unusable indexes (Utilities)
- [entry #2] (Utilities)
- skip-level hierarchies (OLAP User's Guide)
- SLAs (High Availability Overview)
- slash (/) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- files loaded with GET command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- slave diskmon process
-
- See DSKM
- SLEEP command (OLAP DML Reference)
- SLEEP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- slice
-
- See block devices (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- slope (Data Mining Concepts)
- slower varying Cursor components (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- slowest-varying dimension (OLAP DML Reference)
- slowly changing dimensions
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- hierarchy versioning (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- type 1 (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- type 2, about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- type 2, updating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- type 3 (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- types (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Small Computer System Interface (SCSI), Glossary (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- SMALL DATETIME data type (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- SMALL function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SMALL procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- smaller value of two expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- SMALLEST function (OLAP DML Reference)
- smallest value of an expression (OLAP DML Reference)
- SMALLFLOAT data type (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- SMALLINT
-
- NUMBER subtype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SMALLINT data type (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- SMALLINT datatype (Utilities)
- smart cards (2 Day + Security Guide)
-
- guidelines for security (Security Guide)
- smartcards (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- and RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SMCO processes (Concepts)
- smit (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
-
- System Management Interface Tool for AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SMON background process (Concepts)
- SMON process (Concepts)
-
- instance recovery (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- recovery after SHUTDOWN ABORT (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SMOOTH function (OLAP DML Reference)
- SMP architecture
-
- disk affinity (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SMS
-
- See system managed storage
- SMTP_OUT_SERVER initialization parameter (Reference)
- SN procedure (Text Reference)
- SNA
-
- and gateway components (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- communication between mainframe and Oracle database (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- communications function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- creating a TIP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- determining validity of TIP specification (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- examples and sample files used in this guide (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- flexible call sequence (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- function in the gateway (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- gateway transaction types (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- implementation of the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- implementing commit-confirm (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- location of gateway initialization parameters (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- migrating existing gateway to the new release (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- new gateway initialization parameters (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- overview of the gateway, using (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- parameters (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGA parameters (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- PGAU DEFINE TRANSACTION command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- preinstallation procedures (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- remote transaction initiation (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- remote transaction termination on the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- required for HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- required for Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- security validation (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- steps to connecting Oracle database and mainframe (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- supported remote host languages (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- TIP internals (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- transaction types (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- uses APPC to access all systems (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- using SNA Node Configuration menu (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- writing TIPs (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SNA APPC
-
- also see APPC
- function in the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- see also APPC
- SNA communication package (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- and SNA security option, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- and SNA security validation, all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- configuration for the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SNA definitions
-
- creating SNAP-IX definitions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- See SNA Server definitions
- SNA node
-
- and Link Station (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- profile, on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA Node Configuration
-
- using, to configure IBM Communications Server (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SNA profiles (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- See SNA server profiles
- SNA protocol
-
- gateway initialization parameters (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SNA security options
-
- SECURITY=NONE (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SECURITY=NONE, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SECURITY=PROGRAM (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SECURITY=PROGRAM, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SECURITY=SAME, on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA Server
-
- and SNA security validation (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring an IBM Communications Server (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring on Windows (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connection definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CPI-C symbolic destination names (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- definition types (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- dependent LUs (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- function in gateway communication (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- independent LUs (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- link service definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- mode definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- remote LU definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- required for Microsoft Windows (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SNA server (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
-
- dependent LUs (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- independent LUs, on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- profiles (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
-
- activating and verifying (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- activating and verifying (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating, on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- definition (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- for non APPN-capable nodes, on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Link Station (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Link Station (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- local LU profile (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- local LU profile (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- mode profile (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- mode profile (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Partner LU (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Partner LU location profile (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Partner LU location profile (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Partner LU location profile (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Side Information Profiles (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Side Information Profiles (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA node profile (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA node profile (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- types, on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- verify and activate profiles, on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA Server definition
-
- creating, using MS Host Integration Server (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SNA Server Manager (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- creating SNA definitions, using MS Host Integration Server (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using, to create SNA definitions for the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SNA Server selection (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SNACFG command (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- snacfg.ctl file
-
- sample server definitions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SNAME
-
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SNAPlus2
-
- and LUs (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- APPC menu
-
- Sym Dest Names option (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- configuring (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating definitions for the gateway, on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating profiles for the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- function (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- testing the connection (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- using xsnapadmin to configure (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- snapshot (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- snapshot control file (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- snapshot control files (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- specifying location (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- snapshot descriptor (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- snapshot log
-
- Import (Utilities)
- Snapshot Standby Database (High Availability Overview)
- snapshot standby database
-
- in a multiple standby database environment (High Availability Overview)
- snapshot standby databases (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- snapshot too old error (Administrator's Guide)
- snapshot. See DBMS_MVIEW (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- snapshots
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #3] (Utilities)
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- comparing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- creating (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- default interval (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- executing against (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- filtering (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- importing (Utilities)
- known restrictions, SQL limitations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- master table
-
- Import (Utilities)
- modifying settings (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- Oracle Snapshot feature (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- restoring dropped
-
- Import (Utilities)
- viewing statistics (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- snapshots. See materialized views
- SNAP-IX
-
- communication support for Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- configuring (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- definitions stored (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- function in gateway communication (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- profiles creating (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNIPPET procedure (Text Reference)
- snippets (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- user-defined (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SNMPAGENT role (SQL Language Reference)
- snowflake schemas (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- complex queries (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SOA (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- See service-oriented architecture
- SOAP (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- access through Advanced Queueing (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- ANYDATA queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- body (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- C clients (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C examples (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C Functions (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- envelope (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- for C (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- header (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- IDAP (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- message structure (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- method invocation (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- server (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- what is (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SOAP Datatypes (XML C++ API Reference)
-
- SoapBinding (XML C++ API Reference)
- SoapExceptionCode (XML C++ API Reference)
- SoapRole (XML C++ API Reference)
- SOAP package for C (XML C API Reference)
- SOAP package for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- SOAP, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SoapBinding datatype, SOAP package (XML C++ API Reference)
- SoapException Interface
-
- getCode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getMesLang() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getMessage() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getSoapCode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SOAP package (XML C++ API Reference)
- SoapExceptionCode datatype, SOAP package (XML C++ API Reference)
- SoapRole datatype, SOAP package (XML C++ API Reference)
- socket file descriptor
-
- returned by TCP/IP network to PGAINIT (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SocketPermission (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- soft parsing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- software
-
- components (Performance Tuning Guide)
- steps for installing (2 Day DBA)
- software certification (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- software code areas (Concepts)
-
- shared by programs and utilities (Concepts)
- software requirements
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #5] (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- [entry #6] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #7] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #10] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- checking software requirements (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- rolling upgrades (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Solaris
-
- APPC support provided by SNAP-IX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- communication protocol needed (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- configuring SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- configuring SNAP-IX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- LU types (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- shared libraries (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SNA conversation security (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA security option SECURITY =SAME (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA security option SECURITY=NONE (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA security option SECURITY=PROGRAM (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNA security validation (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- storing SNAP-IX SNA definitions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Solaris tools (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- solids
-
- exterior and interior (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- modeling of (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ETYPE value (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- volume of (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- solution variables
-
- defined (OLAP DML Reference)
- example of (OLAP DML Reference)
- SOME operator (SQL Language Reference)
- SOP
-
- service object pair (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- SORT
-
- command (OLAP DML Reference)
- function (OLAP DML Reference)
- sort areas
-
- tuning (Performance Tuning Guide)
- sort merge joins (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- cost-based optimization (Performance Tuning Guide)
- sort operations (Concepts)
- sort order
-
- with ORDERBY (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- sort segments (Concepts)
- SORT_AREA_RETAINED_SIZE initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- SORT_AREA_SIZE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SORT_AREA_SIZE initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- and parallel execution (Data Warehousing Guide)
- index creation and (Administrator's Guide)
- SORT_AREA_SIZE parameter (Concepts)
-
- R-tree index creation (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- sort_by_distance attribute
-
- of batch route request (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SORTCOMPOSITE option (OLAP DML Reference)
- SORTED INDEXES clause
-
- direct path loads (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- sorting (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
-
- dimension values (OLAP DML Reference)
- maximum memory (Reference)
- multiple-column indexes
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- optimum sort order
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- ORDER BY queries (Reference)
- presorting in direct path load (Utilities)
- reverse secondary (Globalization Support Guide)
- SORTED INDEXES clause
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying nondefault linguistic sorts (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- status list of a dimension (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- valuesets (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- with function-based indexes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- sorting hierarchically, example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- SORTLINES function (OLAP DML Reference)
- SOUNDEX function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- soundex operator (Text Reference)
- source check for type resolution (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Source class
-
- basic methods (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- source code output file (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- source code, Java (2 Day DBA)
- source data (OLAP User's Guide)
- source database
-
- capturing (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- source file line-mapping
-
- for jdb (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- general (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- source files encoding option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- source information
-
- adding (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setting, replacing, or deleting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- source modules
-
- importing definitions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP application (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- source name /public class name check (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Source objects
-
- active in a Transaction object (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- data type
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- getting (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- dimensioned (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- getting a modifiable Source from a DynamicDefinition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- identification String
-
- obtaining (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- inputs of
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- matching to a Source (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- matching to a Source (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- obtaining (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- producing (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- kinds of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- methods of getting (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- modifiable (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- outputs of
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- obtaining (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- producing (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- parameterized (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- SourceDefinition for (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- specifying value of an Assignment (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- subtype
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- obtaining (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- type
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- obtaining (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- source queue (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- source queues
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- source schema
-
- schema differences (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- source schema object (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- source schema object naming (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- source systems (Data Warehousing Guide)
- source tables
-
- importing for Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- referenced by change tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- source_char_set parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- SOURCE_COLMAP$
-
- control column (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- interpreting (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SOURCE_LINES_T Table Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SOURCE_ROUTE networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- SOURCE_ROUTE parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SOURCE_SIZE view (Reference)
- SourceDefinition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- SourceGenerator class (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
- example of implementation (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- sources
-
- master-detail flat file sources (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- master-detail flat files (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- master-detail flat files, example (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- updating source definitions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SOURCEVAL statement (OLAP DML Reference)
- SP datetime format element suffix (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- space
-
- checking available storage (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- deallocating unused (Administrator's Guide)
- reclaiming unused (Administrator's Guide)
- space allocation
-
- resumable (Administrator's Guide)
- space management
-
- data blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- datatypes, space requirements (Administrator's Guide)
- deallocating unused space (Administrator's Guide)
- extents (Concepts)
- MINIMUM EXTENT parameter (Data Warehousing Guide)
- optimization of free space in blocks (Concepts)
- parallel DDL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PCTFREE (Concepts)
- PCTUSED (Concepts)
- row chaining (Concepts)
- Segment Advisor (Administrator's Guide)
- segments (Concepts)
- setting storage parameters (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- shrink segment (Administrator's Guide)
- space management coordinator process
-
- See SMCO
- space padding
-
- during export (Globalization Support Guide)
- SPACE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPACE_ERROR_INFO function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SPACE_ERROR_INFO procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- SPACE_USAGE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- spaces
-
- where allowed (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- spaces in object names
-
- quotation marks required (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- span of a value in a Cursor
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- Spanish
-
- fuzzy matching (Text Reference)
- stemming (Text Reference)
- supplied stoplist (Text Reference)
- spanning tree (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- minimum cost (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- sparse collections
-
- nested tables and arrays (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- sparse data (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- association models (Data Mining Concepts)
- base dimension value (OLAP DML Reference)
- changing definitions (OLAP DML Reference)
- data densification (Data Warehousing Guide)
- eliminating (OLAP DML Reference)
- exporting (OLAP DML Reference)
- importing (OLAP DML Reference)
- index algorithm (OLAP DML Reference)
- obtaining information (OLAP DML Reference)
- reading from files (OLAP DML Reference)
- renaming composites (OLAP DML Reference)
- reporting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- specifying composites (OLAP DML Reference)
- SPARSE keyword (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- sparse predicates (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- SPARSEINDEX option (OLAP DML Reference)
- sparsity (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- controlled (OLAP DML Reference)
- random (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also sparse data
- Sparsity Advisor (OLAP DML Reference)
- SPARSITY_ADVICE_TABLE column descriptions (OLAP DML Reference)
- SPARSITY_ADVICE_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- spatial aggregate functions
-
- See aggregate functions
- spatial analysis and mining
-
- conceptual and usage information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- function reference information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- spatial binning (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- See also bins
- Spatial cartridge (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- spatial clustering (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- spatial correlation (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- spatial data (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- spatial data mining
-
- conceptual and usage information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- function reference information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- spatial data structures (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Spatial data types
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- spatial data types (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- spatial extent (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
- generating and setting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- spatial index
-
- See index
- spatial join (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- SDO_JOIN operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- spatial network (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- spatial operators
-
- See operators
- spatial predicates (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
- indexable (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- using in expressions (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- spatial query (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- spatial reference system (SRS)
-
- description (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- spatial reference systems
-
- conceptual and usage information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- example (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- subprogram reference information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- spatial resolution values
-
- getting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- spatial routing engine
-
- See routing engine
- spatial topologies
-
- version management with (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- Spatial Web services
-
- client setup (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- demo files (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- identity propagation (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- introduction (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- user management (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- virtual private databases (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SPATIAL_CLUSTERS function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR account and schema (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SPATIAL_CSW_ADMIN_USR user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SPATIAL_PARTITION procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR account and schema (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SPATIAL_WFS_ADMIN_USR user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- spatialExtent attribute of SDO_GEORASTER (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
- generating and setting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SPAWN command (Net Services Reference)
- special accounts
-
- Oracle software owner account (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- special characters
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- encoding (Application Express User's Guide)
- in passwords (SQL Language Reference)
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- INPATH and HASPATH operators (Text Reference)
- special characters in object names
-
- quotation marks required (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- special combination letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- special letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- special lowercase letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- special section
-
- defining (Text Reference)
- querying (Text Reference)
- special sections (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- special uppercase letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- specification
-
- call (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- cursor (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- package (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- packages (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SPECIFICATION clause
-
- of ALTER PACKAGE (SQL Language Reference)
- specification file
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- specification files (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- in Ada (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- specifications of packages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- specifiers
-
- database (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SPECIFY_NEW_MASTERS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- specifying LUs
-
- on Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- spectral resolution
-
- getting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- spectral unit
-
- getting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- setting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- spelled numbers
-
- specifying (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- spelling
-
- alternate (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- base letter (Text Reference)
- new German (Text Reference)
- overriding alternate (Text Reference)
- spelling, alternate (Text Reference)
- spelling, new German (Text Reference)
- SPFILE
-
- default creation (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- default location (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- managing on raw device (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- migrating to (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- on raw storage (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- raw device for
-
- on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- restore with Enterprise Manager (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- restore with RMAN (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- upgrading systems with HARD-compliant storage (Upgrade Guide)
- SPFILE initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
-
- specifying from client machine (Administrator's Guide)
- SPFILE server parameter file (Installation Guide for Linux)
- spheroids
-
- MDSYS.SDO_ELLIPSOIDS_OLD_FORMAT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- MDSYS.SDO_ELLIPSOIDS_OLD_SNAPSHOT table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- split
-
- data pane for a table or view (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- split mirrors
-
- suspend/resume mode (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using as backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SPLIT PARTITION clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- split repositories (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- split streams (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SPLIT_GEOM_SEGMENT procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SPLIT_STREAMS procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- SPLITPATH Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SPLITTEXT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- splitText() (XML C++ API Reference)
- splitting
-
- geometric segment (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- splitting and merging streams (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- spnc_commands configuration file (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SPNC_COMMANDS file
-
- release 10.1 (Upgrade Guide)
- SPOOL
-
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SPOOL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPOOL command
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- APPEND clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- file name (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OFF clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OUT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPLACE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- to HTML file (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- turning spooling off (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- use with SET MARKUP (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPPrmDefVal (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- SPPrmsLOB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Spreadsheet Add-In
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- see Oracle Spreadsheet Add-In for Predictive Analytics
- spreadsheets
-
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- exporting to (OLAP DML Reference)
- importing (Application Express User's Guide)
- importing data from (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also worksheet objects
- SPTH datetime format element suffix (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SPUFI on DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SPUFI, a database native tool (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- SPX (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- SPX protocol (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SQE operator (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- SQL (Concepts)
-
- ANSI standard (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- benefits of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Character Functions, improved (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- clause compatibility (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- clauses
-
- DELETE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- INSERT (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SELECT WHERE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- UPDATE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- commands
-
- allowed in Module Language (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- list of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- comparisons operators (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- constructs
-
- Oracle processing (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- cursors used in (Concepts)
- data converting to Java data types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data definition language (DDL) (Concepts)
- data manipulation language (DML) (Concepts)
- data manipulation operations (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- datatypes
-
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in the WITH INTERFACE clause (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in the WITH INTERFACE clause (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- define variables and data manipulation statements (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- differences in the gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DML operations (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- dynamic (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- dynamic SQL (Concepts)
- embedded (Concepts)
-
- user-defined datatypes (Concepts)
- Embedded SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- embedding OLAP commands (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- errors mapped to Oracle error codes (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- exceptions raised by data manipulation statements (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- features where LOBs cannot be used (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- functions (Concepts)
-
- COUNT (Concepts)
- in CHECK constraints (Concepts)
- NVL (Concepts)
- SUBSTR (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- functions and Native Semantics (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- gateway architecture (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- gateway transparency (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- getting generated (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- identifier
-
- as a cursor name (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in module preamble (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- ISO standard (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- managing analytic workspaces (OLAP DML Reference)
- memory allocation for (Concepts)
- Model clause (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- native DB2 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- nature of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- need for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- no rows returned with data manipulation statements (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- overview of (Concepts)
- parallel execution (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- parsing of (Concepts)
- passthrough (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- PL/SQL and (Concepts)
- pseudocolumns (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- recursive
-
- cursors and (Concepts)
- reserved words (Concepts)
- session control statements (Concepts)
- shared SQL (Concepts)
- statements (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
- DB2 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- issued through the gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- passing through gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- statements, DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- statement-level rollback (Concepts)
- static (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- summary of statements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- support for object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- syntax (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- system control statements (Concepts)
- tracing, not to be used in production environment (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- transaction control statements (Concepts)
- transactions and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- types of statements in (Concepts)
- types, constants for (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- user-defined data types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
- OCI (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- user-defined datatypes
-
- embedded SQL (Concepts)
- OCI (Concepts)
- SQL (in OLAP DML)
-
- defining cursors (OLAP DML Reference)
- embedding statements (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- precompiling statements (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving errors (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- stored procedures (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQL Access Advisor (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Concepts)
- [entry #7] (High Availability Overview)
- [entry #8] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #9] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #10] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #11] (Upgrade Guide)
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- constants (Performance Tuning Guide)
- creating a task (Performance Tuning Guide)
- defining the workload (Performance Tuning Guide)
- evaluating partitioning (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- EXECUTE_TASK procedure (Performance Tuning Guide)
- filters (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- generating the recommendations (Performance Tuning Guide)
- implementing the recommendations (Performance Tuning Guide)
- initial options (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- optimizing indexes (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- privileges (Performance Tuning Guide)
- quick tune (Performance Tuning Guide)
- recommendation process (Performance Tuning Guide)
- recommendations
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- details (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- implementing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- options (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- reviewing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- summary (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- running (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- scheduling (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- steps in using (Performance Tuning Guide)
- task options (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- using (2 Day DBA)
- workload options (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- workload source (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL Ada Module Description Language (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL Advisors
-
- about (2 Day DBA)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- SQL and PL/SQL examples (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SQL Apply (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- after an OPEN RESETLOGS (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ANALYZER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- and logical standby databases (Data Guard Broker)
- APPLIER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying CREATE TABLE AS SELECT (CTAS) statements (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying DDL transactions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying DML transactions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- architecture (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- BUILDER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- COORDINATOR process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- deleting archived redo log files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- effect of switchovers on (Data Guard Broker)
- error handling
-
- and logical standby databases (Data Guard Broker)
- filters
-
- and logical standby databases (Data Guard Broker)
- managing logical standby databases (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- managing with DBMS_LOGSTDBY package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parallel DML (PDML) transactions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- performing a rolling upgrade (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- PREPARER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- READER process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- requirements for rolling upgrades (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- restart considerations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- rolling upgrades (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting
-
- real-time apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- stopping
-
- real-time apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- support for DDL statements (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- support for PL/SQL supplied packages (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- supported data types (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- transaction size considerations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- unsupported data types (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- unsupported PL/SQL supplied packages (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- viewing current activity (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- of processes (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- what to do if it stops (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL areas
-
- private (Concepts)
- shared (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- SQL AUDIT (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- SQL capabilities
-
- data dictionary tables (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- SQL CHAR datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- SQL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL code, returned by SQLGLS function (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL codes
-
- returned by SQLGLS routine (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQL command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SQL command in OLAP DML (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- CLEANUP (OLAP DML Reference)
- CLOSE (OLAP DML Reference)
- DECLARE CURSOR (OLAP DML Reference)
- EXECUTE (OLAP DML Reference)
- FETCH (OLAP DML Reference)
- IMPORT (OLAP DML Reference)
- PREPARE (OLAP DML Reference)
- PROCEDURE (OLAP DML Reference)
- SELECT (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQL Commands
-
- about (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- command termination (Application Express User's Guide)
- Explain Plan, running (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- home page (Application Express User's Guide)
- transaction support (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL commands
-
- ALTER INDEX (Text Reference)
- CREATE INDEX (Text Reference)
- DROP INDEX (Text Reference)
- unsupported (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- SQL COMMENT (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- SQL comments
-
- XMLCOMMENT (SQL Language Reference)
- SQL Communications Area (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQL conditions
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
- compound conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- EQUALS_PATH condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- floating-point condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- group comparison condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- IN conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- IS A SET conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- IS ANY condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- IS EMPTY conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- IS OF TYPE conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- IS PRESENT condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- LIKE condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- LIKE2 (Globalization Support Guide)
- LIKE4 (Globalization Support Guide)
- LIKEC (Globalization Support Guide)
- logical conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- MEMBER condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- NULL conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- range conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- REGEXP_LIKE condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- simple comparison condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SUBMULTISET conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- UNDER_PATH condition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SQL cursor
-
- dynamic SQL and (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SQL Data Mining functions (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- SQL data mining functions (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SQL datatypes
-
- see datatypes
- SQL DDL
-
- BFILE security (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- SQL Descriptor Area
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- SQLDA (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQL Developer (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- accessing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SQL Developer archive files (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SQL Developer preferences (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SQL directives
-
- CONTEXT USE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE CURSOR (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE DATABASE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE STATEMENT (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TABLE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DECLARE TYPE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- TYPE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- VAR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- WHENEVER (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQL directives CONTEXT USE (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQL DML
-
- BFILE security (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- SQL DML statements
-
- reporting on (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL Ecpressions
-
- scalar subquery expression (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SQL engine
-
- relation to the KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL execution (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- SQL Expression
-
- Function expression (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SQL expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
- CASE expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- compound expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CURSOR expression (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DATETIME expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- INTERVAL expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- model expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- object access expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- simple expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- type constructor expression (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- variable expression (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SQL failure
-
- repairing with SQL Repair Advisor (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL function
-
- See functions, SQL
- SQL functions
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
- ABS (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ACOS (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ADD_MONTHS (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- aggregate (SQL Language Reference)
- analytic (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- APPENDCHILDXML (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- applied to LOB columns (SQL Language Reference)
- ASCII (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ASCIISTR (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ASIN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ATAN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ATAN2 (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- AVG (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- BFILENAME (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- BIN_TO_NUM (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- BITAND (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CARDINALITY (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CAST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CEIL (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- character
-
- returning character values (SQL Language Reference)
- returning number values (SQL Language Reference)
- CHARTOROWID (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CHR (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CLUSTER_ID (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CLUSTER_PROBABILITY (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CLUSTER_SET (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- COALESCE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- COLLECT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- collection (SQL Language Reference)
- column functions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- compatible, defined (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- compensated, defined (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- COMPOSE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CONCAT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- conversion (SQL Language Reference)
- CONVERT (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CORR (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CORR_K (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CORR_S (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- COS (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- COSH (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- COUNT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- COVAR_POP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- COVAR_SAMP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CUBE_TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- CUME_DIST (SQL Language Reference)
- CUME_DIST (aggregate) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CUME_DIST (analytic) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CURRENT_DATE (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CURRRENT_DATE (SQL Language Reference)
- CURRRENT_TIMESTAMP (SQL Language Reference)
- CV (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- data mining (SQL Language Reference)
- DATAOBJ_TO_PARTITION (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- datatype conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- date (SQL Language Reference)
- DB2/400 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DBTIMEZONE (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- DECODE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DECOMPOSE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- default values for NLS parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- DELETEXML (SQL Language Reference)
- DENSE_RANK (SQL Language Reference)
- DENSE_RANK (aggregate) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DEPTH (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DEREF (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DUMP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- EMPTY_BLOB (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- EMPTY_CLOB (SQL Language Reference)
- encoding and decoding (SQL Language Reference)
- environment and identifier (SQL Language Reference)
- EXISTSNODE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- EXP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- EXTRACT (datetime) (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- EXTRACT (XML) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- EXTRACTVALUE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- EXTRACTXML (SQL Language Reference)
- FEATURE_ID (SQL Language Reference)
- FEATURE_SET (SQL Language Reference)
- FEATURE_VALUE (SQL Language Reference)
- FIRST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- FIRST_VALUE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- FLOOR (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- FROM_TZ (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- general comparison functions (SQL Language Reference)
- getRootElement (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- GREATEST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- GROUP_ID (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- GROUPING (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- GROUPING_ID (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- HEXTORAW (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- hierarchical (SQL Language Reference)
- INITCAP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- INSERTCHILDXML (SQL Language Reference)
- INSERTXMLBEFORE (SQL Language Reference)
- INSTR (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- INSTR2 (SQL Language Reference)
- INSTR4 (SQL Language Reference)
- INSTRB (SQL Language Reference)
- INSTRC (SQL Language Reference)
- ITERATION_NUMBER (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LAG (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- large object (SQL Language Reference)
- LAST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LAST_DAY (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- LAST_VALUE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LEAD (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LEAST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LENGTH (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- LENGTH2 (SQL Language Reference)
- LENGTH4 (SQL Language Reference)
- LENGTHB (SQL Language Reference)
- LENGTHC (SQL Language Reference)
- linear regression (SQL Language Reference)
- LN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LNNVL (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LOCALTIMESTAMP (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- LOG (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LOWER (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LPAD (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LTRIM (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- MAKE_REF (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- MAX (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- MEDIAN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- MIN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- MOD (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- model (SQL Language Reference)
- MONTHS_BETWEEN (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- N (Globalization Support Guide)
- NANVL (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- NCGR (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- NCHR (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- NEW_TIME (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- NEXT_DAY (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- NLS character (SQL Language Reference)
- NLS_CHARSET_DECL_LEN (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- NLS_CHARSET_ID (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- NLS_CHARSET_NAME (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- NLS_INITCAP (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- NLS_LOWER (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- NLS_UPPER (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- NLSSORT (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- NLV2 (SQL Language Reference)
- NTILE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- NULLIF (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- NULL-related (SQL Language Reference)
- number (SQL Language Reference)
- NUMTODSINTERVAL (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- NUMTOYMINTERVAL (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- NVL (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- NVL2 (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- object reference (SQL Language Reference)
- ORA_HASH (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PATH (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- PERCENT_RANK (SQL Language Reference)
- PERCENT_RANK (aggregate) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- PERCENT_RANK (analytic) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- PERCENTILE_CONT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PERCENTILE_DISC (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- post-processing, defined (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- POWER (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- POWERMULTISET (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- POWERMULTISET_BY_CARDINALITY (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION_BOUNDS (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION_COST (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION_DETAILS (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION_PROBABILITY (SQL Language Reference)
- PREDICTION_SET (SQL Language Reference)
- PRESENTNNV (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #7] (SQL Language Reference)
- PRESENTV (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PREVIOUS (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- RANK (SQL Language Reference)
- RANK (aggregate) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- RANK (analytic) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- RATIO_TO_REPORT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- RAWTOHEX (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- RAWTONHEX (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REF (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REFTOHEX (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGEXP_COUNT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGEXP_INSTR (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGEXP_REPLACE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGEXP_SUBSTR (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGR_AVGX (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGR_AVGY (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGR_COUNT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGR_INTERCEPT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGR_R2 (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGR_SLOPE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGR_SXX (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGR_SXY (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REGR_SYY (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REMAINDER (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- REPLACE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ROUND (date) (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- ROUND (number) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ROW_NUMBER (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ROWIDTOCHAR (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ROWIDTONCHAR (SQL Language Reference)
- ROWTONCHAR (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- RPAD (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- RTRIM (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SCN_TO_TIMESTAMP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- see built-in functions
- See functions, SQL
- SESSIONTIMEZONE (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SET (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SI_ArrayClrHstgr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FindAvgClr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FindClrHstgr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FindPstnlClr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FindTexture( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetAvgClrFtr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetAvgClrFtrW( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetClrHstgrFtr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetClrHstgrFtrW( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetContent( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetContentLngth( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetFormat( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetHeight( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetPstnlClrFtr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetPstnlClrFtrW( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetSizedThmbnl( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetTextureFtr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetTextureFtrW( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetThmbnl( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_GetWidth( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkAvgClr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkClrHstgr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkFtrList( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkRGBClr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkStillImage1( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_MkStillImage2( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ScoreByAvgClr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ScoreByClrHstgr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ScoreByFtrList (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ScoreByPstnlClr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ScoreByTexture( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SIGN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SIN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- single-row (SQL Language Reference)
- SINH (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SOUNDEX (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying NLS parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- SQRT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_BINOMIAL_TEST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_CROSSTAB (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_F_TEST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_KS_TEST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_MODE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_MW_TEST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_ONE_WAY_ANOVA (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_T_TEST_INDEP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_T_TEST_INDEPU (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_T_TEST_ONE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_T_TEST_PAIRED (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_WSR_TEST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STDDEV (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STDDEV_POP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STDDEV_SAMP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSTR (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSTR2 (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSTR4 (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSTRB (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSTRC (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUM (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_CONNECT_BY_PATH (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_CONTEXT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_DBURIGEN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_EXTRACT_UTC (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_GUID (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_TYPEID (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_XMLAGG (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_XMLGEN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYSDATE (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYSTIMESTAMP (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- TAN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TANH (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- that can be disabled (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- that can be enabled (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TIMESTAMP_TO_SCN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_BINARY_DOUBLE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_BINARY_FLOAT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_CHAR (Globalization Support Guide)
- TO_CHAR (character) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_CHAR (datetime) (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_CHAR (number) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_CLOB (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_DATE (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_DSINTERVAL (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_LOB (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_MULTI_BYTE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_NCHAR (Globalization Support Guide)
- TO_NCHAR (character) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_NCHAR (datetime) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_NCHAR (number) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_NCLOB (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_NUMBER (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_SINGLE_BYTE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_TIMESTAMP (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- TO_TIMESTAMP_TZ (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- TO_YMINTERVAL (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- TRANSLATE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TRANSLATE ... USING (SQL Language Reference)
- TRANSLATE...USING (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- translated, defined (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TREAT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TRIM (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TRUNC (date) (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- TRUNC (number) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- TZ_OFFSET (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- t-test (SQL Language Reference)
- UID (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- unacceptable NLS parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- UNISTR (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- UPDATEXML (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- UPPER (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- USER (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- USERENV (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- user-defined function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- VALUE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- VAR_POP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- VAR_SAMP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- VARIANCE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- VSIZE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- WIDTH_BUCKET (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- with Native Semantics (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- XML functions (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLAGG (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLCAST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLCDATA (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLCOLATTVAL (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- XMLCONCAT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLDiff (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLELEMENT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- XMLExists (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLFOREST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- XMLPARSE (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLPI (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLQUERY (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLROOT (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLSEQUENCE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #6] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #7] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #8] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #9] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #10] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #11] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #12] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #13] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #14] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #15] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #16] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #17] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- XMLSERIALIZE (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLTABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- XMLTRANSFORM (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SQL functions in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SQL functions on LOBs
-
- return type (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- return value (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- temporary LOBs returned (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- SQL functions, unsupported (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- SQL injection (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SQL injection attacks, detecting with Object Dependent on Dynamic SQL Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- SQL management base
-
- about (Performance Tuning Guide)
- disk space usage (Performance Tuning Guide)
- purging policy (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL modeling (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- cell referencing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- keywords (Data Warehousing Guide)
- order of evaluation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- performance (Data Warehousing Guide)
- rules (Data Warehousing Guide)
- rules and restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SQL modification (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SQL Multimedia
-
- avoiding name conflicts (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FROM_WKBGEOMETRY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- FROM_WKTGEOMETRY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- ST_GEOMETRY type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- support in Spatial (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TO_WKBGEOMETRY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- TO_WKTGEOMETRY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- tolerance value (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_WKBGEOMETRY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- VALIDATE_WKTGEOMETRY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SQL Multimedia standard
-
- ST_CoordDim method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- ST_IsValid method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SQL name clause, translation statement (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SQL names vs. Java names in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL NCHAR datatypes
-
- binding and defining in OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- SQL object types
-
- creating during XML schema registration (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQL operator
-
- See functions, SQL
- SQL operators
-
- applying to fields (Utilities)
- CONTAINS (Text Reference)
- MATCH_SCORE (Text Reference)
- MATCHES (Text Reference)
- SCORE (Text Reference)
- SQL optimizer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sql option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- sql option (JPublisher -sql) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL patch
-
- disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- removing (Administrator's Guide)
- viewing (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL Performance Analyzer
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (High Availability Overview)
- [entry #4] (Upgrade Guide)
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- capturing the SQL workload (Performance Tuning Guide)
- comparing SQL performance (Performance Tuning Guide)
- creating a task (Performance Tuning Guide)
- database environment
-
- setting up (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_SQLPA package (Performance Tuning Guide)
- executing the SQL workload (Performance Tuning Guide)
- executing the SQL workload after a change (Performance Tuning Guide)
- following guided workflow (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- initial environment
-
- establishing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- making a change (Performance Tuning Guide)
- methodology (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- monitoring (Performance Tuning Guide)
- performance data
-
- collecting post-change version (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- collecting pre-change version (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- comparing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- running (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- setting up the test system (Performance Tuning Guide)
- simulating database upgrade (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL Performance Analyzer report
-
- general information (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- global statistics (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- global statistics details (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- result details (Performance Tuning Guide)
- result summary (Performance Tuning Guide)
- reviewing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- reviewing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL Tuning Set
-
- selecting (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL workload
-
- capturing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- executing (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- transporting (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- system change
-
- making (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- testing parameter change (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- transporting the workload (Performance Tuning Guide)
- usage (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL plan baseline
- [entry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
-
- automatic plan capture (Performance Tuning Guide)
- capturing
-
- automatic (Performance Tuning Guide)
- manual (Performance Tuning Guide)
- evolving manually (Performance Tuning Guide)
- evolving with DBMS_SPM.EVOLVE_SQL_PLAN_BASELINE (Performance Tuning Guide)
- loading plans from a SQL Tuning Set (Performance Tuning Guide)
- loading plans from AWR snapshots (Performance Tuning Guide)
- loading plans from the cursor cache (Performance Tuning Guide)
- manual plan loading (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL Tuning Advisor (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL plan baseline, fixed (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL plan baselines
-
- about (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- capturing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- displaying (Performance Tuning Guide)
- enabling (Performance Tuning Guide)
- evolving (Performance Tuning Guide)
- importing and exporting (Performance Tuning Guide)
- managing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- plan history (Performance Tuning Guide)
- selecting (Performance Tuning Guide)
- statement log (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL plan management (Upgrade Guide)
- [entry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- SQL procedures
-
- SI_AppendClrHstgr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ChgContent( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ConvertFormat( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetAvgClrFtr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetClrHstgrFtr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetPstnlClrFtr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_SetTextureFtr( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SQL Profiles
-
- description (Performance Tuning Guide)
- managing with APIs (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL profiles
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- deleting (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- disabling (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- enabling (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- viewing information (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL queries or DML statements
-
- generated code example (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SQL query
-
- binding placeholders. See bind operation
- defining output variables (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- defining output variables. See define operation
- fetching results (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statement type (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQL Repair Advisor
-
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- repairing SQL failure with (Administrator's Guide)
- running (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL replacement code (dynamic SQL) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL Replay Advisor
-
- SQL Replay report
-
- general information (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL report (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL reserved words (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SQL Scripts
-
- about (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- accessing (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating script in editor (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting script from editor (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting script from SQL Scripts home page (Application Express User's Guide)
- executing script from SQL Scripts page (Application Express User's Guide)
- executing script in editor (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- importing scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- script editor (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL Scripts page (Application Express User's Guide)
- uploading script (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing quotas (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing script results (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL scripts
-
- creating the data dictionary (Reference)
- optional (Reference)
- required (Reference)
- running (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SQL Scripts page
-
- accessing Manage Script Results (Application Express User's Guide)
- Show Quotas (Application Express User's Guide)
- Task list (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL Scripts page Task list
-
- export scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- uploading scripts (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL semantics and LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- SQL semantics supported for use with LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- SQL Server
-
- configuring (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- creating data files (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- third-party JDBC drivers (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SQL Server connections (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SQL Server database (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SQL Server, Oracle Database Gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SQL Server,Oracle Database Gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SQL service
-
- data dictionary views (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- views
-
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- SQL sessions
-
- causing switchover failures (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL standards conformance (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL statement
-
- controlling transactions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- executable versus declarative (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- optimizing to improve performance (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- static versus dynamic (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- terminator for (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- using to control a cursor (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using to manipulate Oracle data (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL statements
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
- about (2 Day DBA)
- ALLOCATE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR TYPE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ALTER CLUSTER statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER DATABASE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER DIMENSION statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER DISKGROUP statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER FLASHBACK ARCHIVE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER FUNCTION statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER INDEX statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER INDEXTYPE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER JAVA statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER OPERATOR statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER OUTLINE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER PACKAGE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER PROCEDURE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER PROFILE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER RESOURCE COST statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER ROLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER SEQUENCE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER SESSION statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER SYSTEM statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER TABLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER TABLESPACE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER TRIGGER statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER TYPE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER USER statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ALTER VIEW statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ANALYZE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- array processing (Concepts)
- ASSOCIATE STATISTICS statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- audit options (Security Guide)
- AUDIT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- auditing (2 Day + Security Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- by access (SQL Language Reference)
- by proxy (SQL Language Reference)
- by session (SQL Language Reference)
- by user (SQL Language Reference)
- disabling (Security Guide)
- enabling (Security Guide)
- executions (Security Guide)
- stopping (SQL Language Reference)
- successful (SQL Language Reference)
- when records generated (Concepts)
- when records generated (Security Guide)
- avoiding the use of indexes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- binding placeholders in (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CACHE FREE ALL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CALL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CALL statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CLOSE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COMMENT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- COMMIT (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COMMIT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- concerns when executing (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CONNECT (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT ALLOCATE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT FREE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION GET (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION SET (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- control statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- controlling transactions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CREATE CLUSTER statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE CONTEXT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE DATABASE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE DIMENSION statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE DIRECTORY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE DISKGROUP statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE FLASHBACK ARCHIVE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE FUNCTION statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE INDEX statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE INDEXTYPE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE JAVA statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE LIBRARY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE OPERATOR statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE OUTLINE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE BODY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE PFILE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE PROCEDURE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE PROFILE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE RESTORE POINT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE ROLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE SCHEMA statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE SEQUENCE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE SPFILE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE SYNONYM statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE TABLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE TABLESPACE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE TRIGGER statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE TYPE BODY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE TYPE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE USER statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE VIEW statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- creating cursors (Concepts)
- DDL (SQL Language Reference)
- DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- default command rules that protect (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DELETE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DELETE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DESCRIBE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- DESCRIBE DESCRIPTOR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- determining the execution plan for (SQL Language Reference)
- determining type prepared (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- dictionary cache locks and (Concepts)
- DISASSOCIATE STATISTICS statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- distributed databases and (Administrator's Guide)
- DML (SQL Language Reference)
- DML statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- DROP CLUSTER statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP CONTEXT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP DATABASE LINK statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP DATABASE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP DIMENSION statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP DIRECTORY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP DISKGROUP statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP FLASHBACK ARCHIVE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP FUNCTION statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP INDEX statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP INDEXTYPE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP JAVA statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP LIBRARY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP OPERATOR statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP OUTLINE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP PACKAGE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP PROCEDURE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP PROFILE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP RESTORE POINT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP ROLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP SEQUENCE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP SYNONYM statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP TABLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP TABLESPACE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP TRIGGER statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP TYPE BODY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP TYPE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP USER statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DROP VIEW statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- dynamic
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
-
- see dynamic SQL statements (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- embedded (Concepts)
- ENABLE THREADS (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ensuring the use of indexes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- executable versus directive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE ... END-EXEC (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE DESCRIPTOR (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE IMMEDIATE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- EXECUTE...END-EXEC (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- executing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- executing in parallel (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- executing on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- execution (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- execution plans of (Performance Tuning Guide)
- EXPLAIN PLAN statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- FETCH (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- FETCH DESCRIPTOR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- FLASHBACK DATABASE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- FLASHBACK TABLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- for defining and controlling transactions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- for indexing spatial data (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- for manipulating a cursor (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- FREE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- GET DESCRIPTOR (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- GRANT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- identifying regressed (Performance Tuning Guide)
- in trigger bodies (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- INSERT (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- INSERT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- instance-specific (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- invoking PL/SQL functions from (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- LIKE conditions (Globalization Support Guide)
- LOB APPEND (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB ASSIGN (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB CLOSE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB COPY (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB CREATE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB DESCRIBE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB DISABLE BUFFERING (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB ENABLE BUFFERING (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB ERASE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB FILE CLOSE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB FILE SET (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB FLUSH BUFFER (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB FREE TEMPORARY (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB LOAD (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB OPEN (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB READ (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB TRIM (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOB WRITE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- LOCK TABLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- MERGE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- modifying indexed data (Performance Tuning Guide)
- NOAUDIT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- not allowed in triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- OBJECT CREATE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT DELETE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT DEREF (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT FLUSH (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT GET (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- object privileges permitting in applications (Security Guide)
- OBJECT RELEASE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT SET (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT UPDATE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OPEN (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- OPEN DESCRIPTOR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- optimizing distributed (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- optimizing to improve performance (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- organization of (SQL Language Reference)
- parallel execution (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- parallelizing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parse locks (Concepts)
- parsing (Concepts)
- PREPARE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- preparing for execution (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- privileges required for (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- processing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- processing of (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PURGE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- queries (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- REGISTER CONNECT (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- RENAME statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- resource limits and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- restricting ad hoc use (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- REVOKE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- ROLLBACK (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ROLLBACK statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- rolling back (SQL Language Reference)
- rules for executing (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SAVEPOINT (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SAVEPOINT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SELECT (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELECT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- session control (SQL Language Reference)
- SET CONSTRAINT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SET DESCRIPTOR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SET ROLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SET TRANSACTION statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- skipping on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- space allocation, resumable (SQL Language Reference)
- static
-
- RNDS option and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- static versus dynamic (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- successful execution (Concepts)
- summary of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- suspending and completing (SQL Language Reference)
- switchover and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- system control (SQL Language Reference)
- tracking the occurrence in a session (SQL Language Reference)
- transaction control (SQL Language Reference)
- transactions (Concepts)
- triggers on (Concepts)
-
- triggering events (Concepts)
- TRUNCATE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- TRUNCATE_CLUSTER (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- TRUNCATE_TABLE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- type of (SQL Language Reference)
- types
-
- callable statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- callable statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- control statements (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data definition language (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data manipulation language (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- embedded SQL (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameterized statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameterized statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- queries (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standard statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standard statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- types of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- undoing (SQL Language Reference)
- UPDATE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- UPDATE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- using proxies to audit (2 Day + Security Guide)
- using to control a cursor (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- waiting for I/O (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL states (for errors) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL strings
-
- applying SQL operators to fields (Utilities)
- quotation marks and (Utilities)
- SQL support (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- SQL syntax (Oracle) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL syntax, gateways (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- SQL syntax, supported (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- SQL Test Case Builder (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL test case builder (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL text, finding with DVSYS.DV_SQL_TEXT (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- SQL trace facility (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- example of output (Performance Tuning Guide)
- output (Performance Tuning Guide)
- statement truncation (Performance Tuning Guide)
- steps to follow (Performance Tuning Guide)
- trace files (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL tracing
-
- enabling (Application Express User's Guide)
- in Oracle database (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- in the gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- LOG_DESTINATION (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- ORACLE_DRDA_TCTL parameter (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TRACE_LEVEL parameter (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQL Tuning Advisor (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (High Availability Overview)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #6] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- administering with APIs (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- automated maintenance tasks (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- comprehensive scope (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- implementing recommendations (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- input sources (Performance Tuning Guide)
- limited scope (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- overview (Performance Tuning Guide)
- tuning options (Performance Tuning Guide)
- using (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day DBA)
- viewing information (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- viewing results (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL tuning advisor (Concepts)
- SQL Tuning Sets
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- creating (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- description (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- load method (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- managing with APIs (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- transporting (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL workload
-
- capturing with SQL Performance Analyzer (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL Worksheet
-
- opening automatically on database connection (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- using (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SQL Workshop
-
- configuring (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting logs (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL*Connect, using ROWID datatype (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL*Forms
-
- Display Error screen (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- display error screen in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- IAP Constants (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- IAP constants in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- returning values to (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- Reverse Return Code switch (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- reverse return code switch in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- user exit (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL*Forms user exit
-
- sample program (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQL*Loader
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- appending rows to tables (Utilities)
- BAD command-line parameter (Utilities)
- bad file (Utilities)
- BADFILE parameter (Utilities)
- bind arrays and performance (Utilities)
- BINDSIZE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- capture processes (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- choosing which rows to load (Utilities)
- COLUMNARRAYROWS command-line parameter (Utilities)
- command-line parameters (Utilities)
- continuing single-table loads (Utilities)
- CONTROL command-line parameter (Utilities)
- control file (2 Day DBA)
- conventional path load (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- conventional path loads (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- creating indexes with (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DATA command-line parameter (Utilities)
- data conversion (Utilities)
- data definition language
-
- syntax diagrams (Utilities)
- datatype specifications (Utilities)
- DATE_CACHE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- determining default schema (Utilities)
- DIRECT command-line parameter (Utilities)
- direct path method (Utilities)
-
- using date cache feature to improve performance (Utilities)
- direct-path load (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DISCARD command-line parameter (Utilities)
- discarded records (Utilities)
- DISCARDFILE parameter (Utilities)
- DISCARDMAX command-line parameter (Utilities)
- DISCARDMAX parameter (Utilities)
- DISCARDS parameter (Utilities)
- errors caused by tabs (Utilities)
- ERRORS command-line parameter (Utilities)
- example (Text Reference)
- example control file (Text Reference)
- example data file (Text Reference)
- exclusive access (Utilities)
- external table loads (Utilities)
- EXTERNAL_TABLE parameter (Utilities)
- FILE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- filenames (Utilities)
- globalization technology (Utilities)
- index options (Utilities)
- inserting rows into tables (Utilities)
- INTO TABLE statement (Utilities)
- LOAD command-line parameter (Utilities)
- load methods (Utilities)
- loading column objects (Utilities)
- loading data (Multimedia User's Guide)
- loading data across different platforms (Utilities)
- loading data contained in the control file (Utilities)
- loading data from flat files (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- loading object tables (Utilities)
- LOG command-line parameter (Utilities)
- log files (Utilities)
- methods of loading data (Utilities)
- multiple INTO TABLE statements (Utilities)
- MULTITHREADING command-line parameter (Utilities)
- object names (Utilities)
- parallel data loading (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
- PARFILE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- READSIZE command-line parameter (Utilities)
-
- maximum size (Utilities)
- rejected records (Utilities)
- replacing rows in tables (Utilities)
- required privileges (Utilities)
- RESUMABLE parameter (Utilities)
- RESUMABLE_NAME parameter (Utilities)
- RESUMABLE_TIMEOUT parameter (Utilities)
- ROWS command-line parameter (Utilities)
- SILENT command-line parameter (Utilities)
- SINGLEROW parameter (Utilities)
- SKIP_INDEX_MAINTENANCE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- SKIP_UNUSABLE_INDEXES command-line parameter (Utilities)
- SORTED INDEXES during direct path loads (Utilities)
- specifying columns (Utilities)
- specifying datafiles (Utilities)
- specifying field conditions (Utilities)
- specifying fields (Utilities)
- specifying more than one datafile (Utilities)
- STREAMSIZE command-line parameter (Utilities)
- suppressing messages (Utilities)
- USERID command-line parameter (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader demonstrations (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SQL*Loader inserts, logging (SQL Language Reference)
- SQL*Menu
-
- PL/SQL (Concepts)
- SQL*Module
-
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- development using Module Language (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- executable names (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- FIPS flagger, Preface (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- running the compiler (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- standards conformance, Preface (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- supported features (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL*Module for Ada (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- demonstration programs (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- user programs (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SQL*Net
-
- coexistence issues (Net Services Reference)
-
- Oracle9i databases (Net Services Reference)
- using SERVICE_NAME networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- using SID networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- concurrent logons (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- configuring (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- configuring for gateway (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- connecting using Version 2 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- connection syntax (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- function of (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- message from client idle events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- message from dblink wait events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- migrating to Oracle Net Services (Net Services Reference)
-
- configuration files (Net Services Reference)
- listener.ora file (Net Services Reference)
- software on client (Net Services Reference)
- software on server (Net Services Reference)
- tnsnames.ora file (Net Services Reference)
- verifying service name and instance name (Net Services Reference)
- more data to client wait events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- purpose (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- See Oracle Net
- SID networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- using to connect to Oracle (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL*Net network utility (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SQL*Plus
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #8] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- accessing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- alert log (Concepts)
- anonymous blocks (Concepts)
- changing the prompt (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- command line Help (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- command prompt (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command summary (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- compile-time errors and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- configuring globalization support (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connecting server and mainframe (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- connecting with (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- COPY command (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- creating a sequence (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- creating stored procedures with (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- database administration (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default editor (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- editor (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- environment variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- error messages (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing a package (Concepts)
- executing a procedure (Concepts)
- execution plan (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- exiting (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- extending gateway uses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- installation requirements (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- interrupting (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- invoking (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- limits (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- location of executable (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- location of executable (SQL Developer preference) (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- lock and latch monitors (Concepts)
- moving data (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- obsolete command alternatives (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- recompiling TIP body changes (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- restricting ad hoc use (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- restrictions (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- running operating system commands (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- running scripts (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample, used when gateway and Oracle database share computer (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- sample, used when gateway and Oracle database share machine (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- scripts
-
- upgrading (Upgrade Guide)
- session variables (Concepts)
- setting up environment (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- site profile (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SPOOL command (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SQL statements (Concepts)
- starting (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- starting a database (Administrator's Guide)
- starting an instance (Administrator's Guide)
- statistics (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- statistics monitor (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- storing packages in a database (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- system editor (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- system variables affecting performance (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- test scripts (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- to configure Oracle database (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- tuning (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- use in configuring Oracle database for Commit-Confirm (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- user profile (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- using (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- using command-line SQL*Plus (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- using to connect to Oracle database (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using to test SELECT statements (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- versus embedded SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- who can use, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- XQUERY command (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQL*Plus and OCI packages (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus command line Help
-
- installing (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- removing (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SQL*Plus command support (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL*Plus commands
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
- /(slash) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- @ (at sign) (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- APPEND (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CHANGE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CONNECT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DEL (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DESCRIBE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- DISCONNECT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- EDIT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- effect on instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- EXECUTE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- EXIT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- GET (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- HELP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- HOST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- INPUT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- LIST (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- QUIT (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- RUN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SAVE (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SET (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SHOW (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SHUTDOWN (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SPOOL (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SQLPLUS (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- START (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- STARTUP (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- unsupported (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL*Plus command-line vs SQL*Plus Instant Client (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus Instant Client (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #9] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #10] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- basic (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- installation (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- lightweight (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NLS_LANG (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NLS_LANG charset parameter (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NLS_LANG language parameter (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NLS_LANG territory parameter (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- required files in packages (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- unsupported charset error (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus, interrupting (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SQL, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SQL, dynamic (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQL, summary of commands (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL_CONTEXT datatype (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL_CURSOR (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- sql_format of TO_DSINTERVAL function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SQL_OBJECT_NAME Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SQL_ORCLATTR_FAILOVER_CALLBACK attribute
-
- of the SQLSetConnectAttr function (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SQL_ORCLATTR_FAILOVER_HANDLE attribute
-
- of the SQLSetConnectAttr function (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SQL_SINGLE_RCTX
-
- defined constant (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQL_STANDARD package (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL_STATEMENT column
-
- TKPROF_TABLE (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL_TRACE
-
- initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL_TRACE initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- trace files and (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL.PNO, referencing in report titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL.SQLCODE
-
- using in EXIT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL/DS datatypes
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- restrictions on (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SQL/XML standard (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- generating XML data (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQL/XML, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- sql2oci.h header file (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQL92 (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- conformance (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- deprecated feature (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- minimum requirement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL92 Entry Level (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- SQL92 syntax (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- function call syntax (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LIKE escape characters (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- outer joins (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- scalar functions (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- time and date literals (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translating to SQL example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQL92_SECURITY initialization parameter (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- SQL:99 standards (SQL Language Reference)
- SQLAccess Advisor (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQLADR procedure
-
- syntax of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLADR subroutine
-
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- parameters (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- storing buffer addresses (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlald() function
-
- example of using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlaldt() function
-
- see SQLSQLDAAlloc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlapr.h header file (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLBLANKLINES variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLBLOCKMAX option (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- components in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- components set for a PL/SQL block (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- declaring EXTERNAL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- explicit versus implicit checking (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- explicit versus implicit checking of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- fields (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- including multiple times (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- interaction with Oracle (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- overview (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- sharing (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCABC component in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCABC field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCAID component in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCAID field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrd (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRD(3) field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRD(5) field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrd[2] component in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrmc component in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRMC field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrml component in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRML field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlwarn (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWARN(4) flag (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- use in separate precompilations (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in separate precompilations (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using more than one (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using with Oracle Net (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using with SQL*Net (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLCA status variable
-
- data structure (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- declaring (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- effect of MODE option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- explicit versus implicit checking (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlca.h
-
- listing of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of SQLCA_STORAGE_CLASS with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlca.h header file (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCABC field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCABC filed (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLCAID component (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCAID field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLCASE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCDAFromResultSetCursor() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCDAGetCurrent (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlcdat()
-
- see SQLCDAFromResultSetCursor() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCHECK
-
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCHECK option
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- restrictions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using the DECLARE TABLE statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using to check syntax (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using to check syntax/semantics (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- what it affects (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCHECK precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCHECK support for objects (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCheckerCustomizer
-
- for semantics-checking of profiles (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoking (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sqlclu() function
-
- example of using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlclut() function
-
- see SQLSQLDAFree() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE
-
- concept of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in the WITH INTERFACE clause (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- parameter (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- return values (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- standard type (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- with MODE=ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlcode
-
- component in SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- SHOW command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLCODE field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- interpreting its value (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE function
-
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using with exception handlers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SQLCODE option (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQLCODE parameter (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE status variable
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- effect of MODE option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- usage (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- when declared with the SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when used (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCODE variable (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
- declaring (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- interpreting values of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLCODE variable, interpreting values of (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLCollType attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQLCOLUMNS procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQLCONTINUE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sqlcpr.h (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlcpr.h header file (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCS_IMPLICIT (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCS_NCHAR (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLCursorManager class (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- sqlcurt() function
-
- see SQLDAToResultSetCursor() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDA
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- bind versus select (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDFCLP variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDFCRCP variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDFMT variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDH-CUR-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDH-MAX-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDH-VNAME variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDI variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDI-CUR-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDI-MAX-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDI-VNAME variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDV variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDVLN variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- BNDDVTYP variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- C variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- datatypes in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- declaring (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- F variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- I variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- information stored in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- L variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- M variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- N variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- S variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SELDFCLP variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDFCRCP variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDFMT variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-CUR-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-MAX-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDH-VNAME variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-CUR-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-MAX-VNAMEL variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDI-VNAME variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDV variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDVLN variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SELDVTYP variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLADR subroutine (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDFMT element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFND element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFND variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDH_CUR_VNAMEL element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDH_MAX_VNAME element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDH_VNAME element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_CUR_VNAMEL element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_MAX_VNAMEL element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_VNAME element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDNUM element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDNUM variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDSC element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDV element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDVLN element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDVTYP element in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- struct, contents of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- structure (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- structure of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- T variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- V variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- variables (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- X variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Y variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Z variable in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlda.h (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLData
-
- specifications (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use in custom Java classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLData interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
- advantages (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- described (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- object types and inheritance (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Oracle object types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- reading data from Oracle objects (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use of (JPublisher User's Guide)
- using with type map (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- writing data from Oracle objects (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLData Java storage format (SQL Language Reference)
- SQLDataType objects
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of creating (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- SQLDAToResultSetCursor() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqldembld7.sql (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- SQLDEVELOPER_USER_DIR location (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- sqldevnnnnn.sql files (archive files) (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SQLDFMT
-
- element in SQLDA (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFMT element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFND element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDFND variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDH_CUR_VNAME element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDH_MAX_VNAME element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDH_VNAME element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_CUR_VNAMEL element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_MAX_VNAMEL element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDI_VNAME element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDNUM element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDNUM variable (SQLDA) (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLDSC element in SQLDA
-
- how N is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDV element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDVLN
-
- must be set by program (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDVLN element in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLDVTYP element in SQLDA
-
- how it is used (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- how value is set (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLEnvGet function in SQLLIB (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLEnvGet() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRD (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- sqlerrd
-
- component (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRD(3) field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- purpose (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using with batch fetch (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using with the FETCH statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLERRD(3) filed
-
- using with batch fetch (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLERRD(3) variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLERRD(5) field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- sqlerrd[2] component (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- returns N or rows fetched (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use with data manipulation statements (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrm
-
- component in the SQLCA (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRM function
-
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using with BULK_EXCEPTIONS ERROR_CODE field (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using with exception handlers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SQLERRM option (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQLERRM variable (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- sqlerrmc component (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRMC field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLERRMC variable (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlerrml component (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERRML field (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLERROR
-
- WHENEVER directive condition (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERROR condition
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- meaning of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLERROR, WHENEVER command condition (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLErrorGetText() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLException (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- SQLException class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLException subclasses, using (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLExtProcError() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLFC parameter (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLFETCH function (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQLFILE parameter
-
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- SQLGLM function
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example of using (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- need for (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parameters of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLGLM subroutine
-
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- parameters (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- provides DSNTIAR support for DB2 conversions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlglm() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlglm() function (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- example of using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- parameters of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlglmt()
-
- see SQLErrorGetText (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLGLS function
-
- parameters (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restrictions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL codes returned by (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- syntax (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using to obtain SQL text (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLGLS routine (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- parameters (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQL codes returned by (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using to obtain SQL text (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlgls() function (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- example of use (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sample program for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- see SQLLIB
-
- function SQLStmGetText (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlglst() function
-
- see SQLStmtGetText (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLIEM function
-
- replacement for (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in user exit (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLIEM subroutine
-
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLInline attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQLInput interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- described (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLInput streams (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- benefits of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- compared to JDBC (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- connection contexts (JPublisher User's Guide)
- connection contexts and instances, use of (JPublisher User's Guide)
- default (connection) context (JPublisher User's Guide)
- execution contexts (JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of SQLJ classes (JPublisher User's Guide)
- iterators (JPublisher User's Guide)
- JPublisher backward-compatibility modes and .sqlj files (JPublisher User's Guide)
- JPublisher -sqlj option to access SQLJ functionality (JPublisher User's Guide)
- migration options (JPublisher User's Guide)
- object types (Concepts)
- overview of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- overview of SQLJ usage by JPublisher (JPublisher User's Guide)
- See Oracle SQL
- server subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- server-side translator (Java Developer's Guide)
- SQLJ classes, non-SQLJ classes (JPublisher User's Guide)
- tarnslator (Java Developer's Guide)
- SQLJ applications, Oracle JDBC in (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SQLJ class (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SQLJ object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
- creating (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- mapping a Java class to (SQL Language Reference)
- mapping Java classes (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- See also object types, Oracle SQLJ
- sqlj option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SQLJ vs. JDBC, sample application (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ_OPTIONS environment variable (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SqljConnBean for simple connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SqljConnCacheBean for connection caching (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sqljutl package (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sqlld2() function (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlld2t() function
-
- see SQLLDAGetName (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLLDA routine (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLLDAGetName (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlldat() function
-
- see SQLCDAGetCurrent (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlldr example (Text Reference)
- SQLLIB (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- and embedded SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- extensions for OCI interoperability (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function
-
- SQLCDAFromResultSetCursor (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLCDAGetCurrent (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLColumnNullCheck (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLDAFree (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLDAToResultSetCursor (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLEnvGet (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLErrorGetText (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLExtProcError (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLLDAGetName (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLNumberPrecV6 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLNumberPrecV7 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLRowidGet (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLStmtGetText() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLSvcCtxGet (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- function SQLVarcharGetLength (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- new names for functions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- new names for public functions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLLIB function
-
- SQLSQLDAAlloc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLVarcharGetLength (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLMESSAGES option (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQLName attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ALTERNATE_PORT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_KERBEROS5_ SERVICE networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_KERBEROS5_SERVICE parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CLIENT_REGISTRATION networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPE_CLIENT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPE_SERVER networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_SEED networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_SEED parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_CLIENT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.EXPIRE_TIME networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.FIPS_140 parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_DATABASE networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_DATABASE_ PASSWORD networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_DATABASE_ USER networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_METHOD networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CC_NAME networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CC_NAME parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CLOCKSKEW networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CLOCKSKEW parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF_MIT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_KEYTAB networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_KEYTAB parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_REALMS networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_REALMS parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sqlnet.log file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ORA
-
- parameters for tracing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sqlnet.ora (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- sqlnet.ora file
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- Common sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- configuration parameter reference (Net Services Reference)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- diagnostic parameters
-
- ADR_BASE (Net Services Reference)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_FILE_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_FILE_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILE_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILE_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILELEN_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILELEN_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILENO_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILENO_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_UNIQUE_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- FIPS 140-1 parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Kerberos sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- log parameters
-
- ADR_BASE (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_DIRECTORY_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_FILE_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_FILE_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security checksum sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security encryption sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- OSS.SOURCE.MY_WALLET parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- parameters
-
- BEQUEATH_DETACH (Net Services Reference)
- DEFAULT_SDU_SIZE (Net Services Reference)
- DISABLE_OOB (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES_DIRECTORY_PATH (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES.CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES.DCE_PREFIX (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES.DCE.PREFIX (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMES.DEFAULT_DOMAIN (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMES.DEFAULT_DOMAIN (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES.DEFAULT_DOMAIN (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES.DEFAULT_DOMAIN (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES.DIRECTORY_PATH (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMES.LADP_AUTHENTICATE_BIND (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES.LDAP_PERSISTENT_SESSION (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES.NIS.META_MAP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAMES.NIS.META_MAP (Net Services Reference)
- NAMESCTL.TRACE_UNIQUE (Net Services Reference)
- RECV_BUF_SIZE (Net Services Reference)
- SDP.PF_INET_SDP (Net Services Reference)
- SEC_USER_AUDIT_ACTION_BANNER (Net Services Reference)
- SEC_USER_UNAUTHORIZED_ACCESS_BANNER (Net Services Reference)
- SEND_BUF_SIZE (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ALLOWED_LOGON_VERSION (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ALTERNATE_PORT (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_KERBEROS5_ SERVICE (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CLIENT_REGISTRATION (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPE_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPE_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_SEED (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.ENCYRPTION_CLIENT (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.EXPIRE_TIME (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.EXPIRE_TIME (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_DATABASE_PASSWORD (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CC_NAME (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CLOCKSKEW (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_KEYTAB (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_REALMS (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.OUTBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE_RETRIES (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_INTERFACE (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_PORT (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_RETRIES (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_CHALLENGE_RESPONSE (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_SECRET (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_SEND_ACCOUNTING (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RECV_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.SEND_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_CERT_FILE (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_CERT_PATH (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_CERT_REVOCATION (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_CIPHER_SUITES (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_SERVER_DN_MATCH (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_VERSION (Net Services Reference)
- SSL.CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION (Net Services Reference)
- TCP.CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- TCP.EXCLUDED_NODES (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TCP.EXCLUDED_NODES (Net Services Reference)
- TCP.INVITED_NODES (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TCP.INVITED_NODES (Net Services Reference)
- TCP.NODELAY (Net Services Reference)
- TCP.VALIDNODE_CHECKING (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TCP.VALIDNODE_CHECKING (Net Services Reference)
- TNSPING.TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Reference)
- TNSPING.TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Reference)
- USE_DEDICATED_SERVER (Net Services Reference)
- WALLET_LOCATION (Net Services Reference)
- WALLET_LOCATION (Net Services Reference)
- parameters for clients and servers using Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- parameters for clients and servers using RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- parameters for clients and servers using SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- RADIUS sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_KERBEROS5_SERVICE parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.AUTHENTICATION_SERVICES parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_CHECKSUM_TYPES_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_SEED parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_CLIENT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_TYPES_SERVER parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.FIPS_140 parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CC_NAME parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CLOCKSKEW parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_CONF_MIT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_KEYTAB parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.KERBEROS5_REALMS parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_CLIENT_AUTHETNICATION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_VERSION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Trace File Set Up sample (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- trace parameters
-
- TNSPING.TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TNSPING.TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILE_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILE_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILELEN_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILELEN_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILEN0_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILENO_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_LEVEL_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_LEVEL_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP_SERVER (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_UNIQUE_CLIENT (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- unsupported parameters
-
- AUTOMATIC_IPC (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES.DEFAULT_ZONE (Net Services Reference)
- NAMES.NDS.NAME.CONTEXT (Net Services Reference)
- OSS.MY.WALLET (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.CRYPTO_SEED (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_DATABASE (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_DATABASE_PASSWORD (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_DATABASE_USER (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.IDENTIX_FINGERPRINT_METHOD (Net Services Reference)
- sqlnet.ora file, TDE (transparent data encryption) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.OUTBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE_PORT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE_RETRIES networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE_RETRIES parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_ALTERNATE_TIMEOUT parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_INTERFACE networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_PORT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_RETRIES networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_AUTHENTICATION_TIMEOUT networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_CHALLENGE_RESPONSE networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_SECRET networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_SEND_ACCOUNTING networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.RADIUS_SEND_ACCOUNTING parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RECV_BUF_SIZE networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.RECV_TIMEOUT networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- SQLNET.SEND_BUF_SIZE networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNET.SEND_TIMEOUT networking parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- sqlnet.trc file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SQLNUL procedure
-
- example of using (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parameters of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of with SQLDVTYP (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLNUL subroutine
-
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- parameters (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlnul() function
-
- example of using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use of with T variable (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlnult() function
-
- see SQLColumnNullCheck() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLNUMBER variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLNumberPrecV6 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLNumberPrecV7 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLOutput interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- described (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLOutput streams (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPATH
-
- environment variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- registry entry (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPATH environment variable (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SQLPLUS
-
- environment variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SQLPLUS command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- /NOLOG clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and @ (at sign) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and EXIT FAILURE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BODY option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- commands
-
- SQLPLUS (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connect identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- display syntax (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ENTMAP option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEAD option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HTML option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PREFORMAT option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RESTRICT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- service name (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPOOL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSDBA clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TABLE option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- unsuccessful connection (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username/password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- - clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -? clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -MARKUP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -MARKUP option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -SILENT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- -SILENT option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPR2 procedure
-
- purpose of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- sqlpr2() function (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlpr2t() function
-
- see SQLNumberPrecV7 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLPRC procedure
-
- example of using (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parameters of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- syntax for (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SQLPRC subroutine
-
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- parameters (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlprc() function (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlprct() function
-
- see SQLNumberPrecV6 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLPREFIX variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLPROMPT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLROWIDGET
-
- retrieving ROWID of last row inserted (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLRowidGet() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSchema attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQLSET_ROW Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SQLSetConnectAttr function
-
- setting attributes in the sqora.h file (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SQL_ORCLATTR_FAILOVER_CALLBACK attribute (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SQL_ORCLATTR_FAILOVER_HANDLE attribute (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SQLSQLDAAlloc (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSQLDAFree() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSTATE
-
- class codes (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- concept of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in the WITH INTERFACE clause (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- mapping to Oracle errors (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parameter (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- predefined classes (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- standard type (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- status codes (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- status variable (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- values (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- with MODE=ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSTATE parameter (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSTATE status variable
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- class code (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- coding scheme (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- declaring (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- effect of MODE option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- error handling
-
- SQLSTATE status variable (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- interpreting values (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- predefined classes (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- predefined status code and conditions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- predefined status codes and conditions (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- subclass code (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- usage (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqlstate, mapped errors (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- sqlstatement option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SQLSTM parameter (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLSTM routine (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLStmtGetText (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLStmtGetText() function (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSvcCtxGet function in SQLLIB (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLSvcCtxGet() (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLT typecodes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLT_BDOUBLE (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLT_BDOUBLE datatype (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SQLT_BFLOAT (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLT_BFLOAT datatype (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SQLT_IBDOUBLE (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLT_IBFLOAT (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLT_NTY
-
- bind example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- define example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- preallocating object memory (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLT_REF
-
- definition (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLTABLES procedure (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQLTERMINATOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQLTEXT_TO_SIGNATURE Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SQLTUNE_CATEGORY initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- determining the SQL Profile category (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQLType attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SQLVarcharGetLength (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlvcp() function (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlvcp() function, see SQLLIB
-
- function SQLVarcharGetLength (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- sqlvcpt() function
-
- see SQLVarcharGetLength (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWARN (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- sqlwarn
-
- flag (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWARN flags (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQLWARN(4) flag (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWARNING
-
- condition WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- WHENEVER directive condition (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWarning class, limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLWARNING condition
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- meaning of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLWARNING, WHENEVER command condition (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SQL-CONTEXT (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- host tables not allowed (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- variable declaration (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- sqora.h file (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SQRT command (OLAP DML Reference)
- SQRT function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- sqrt XQuery function (Oracle) (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- square root (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- calculating (OLAP DML Reference)
- result for negative number (OLAP DML Reference)
- SRC networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- sRGB ColorSpace (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SRID
-
- 0 (zero) special case with SDO_CS.VIEWPORT_TRANSFORM function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- in USER_SDO_GEOM_METADATA (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- mapping Oracle to EPSG (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_SRID attribute in SDO_GEOMETRY (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SRID 999999 (unknown CRS) (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SRS (spatial reference system)
-
- description (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SRV networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SRVCTL
-
- add asm command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- add database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- add instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- add listener command
-
- listeners (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- listeners (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- add nodeapps command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- add service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- add, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- administering ASM instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- administering services with (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster database configuration tasks (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster database tasks (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- concurrent commands (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- config asm command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- config database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- config nodeapps command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- config service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- config, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- disable asm command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- disable database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- disable instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- disable service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- disable, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- enable asm command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- enable database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- enable instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- enable service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- enable, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- getenv database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- getenv instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- getenv nodeapps command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- getenv service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- getenv, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- modify database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- modify instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- modify listener command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- modify nodeapps command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- modify service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- modify, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- node-level tasks (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- object noun names (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- overview (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- overview and concepts (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- relocate service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- relocate, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- remove asm command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- remove database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- remove instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- remove nodeapps command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- remove service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- remove, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- see Server Control Utility (SRVCTL)
- setenv database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- setenv instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- setenv nodeapps command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- setenv service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- setenv, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- start asm command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- start database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- start instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- start listener command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- start nodeapps command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- start service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- start, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- status asm command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- status database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- status instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- status nodeapps command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- status service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- status, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- stop asm command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- stop database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- stop instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- stop listener command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- stop nodeapps command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- stop service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- stop, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- unsetenv database command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- unsetenv instance command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- unsetenv nodeapps command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- unsetenv service command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- unsetenv, usage description (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- srvctl remove listener command (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- srvctl stop nodeapps command (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SRVM_TRACE environment variable (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SRX locks
-
- LOCK Table statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SSH
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- ssh
-
- and X11 Forwarding (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- SSI, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SSL
-
- and LDAP (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling for secure communications (High Availability Overview)
- See Secure Sockets Layer
- SSL authentication for directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SSL External Users Conversion Script (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL wallet location (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_CERT_FILE networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_CERT_PATH networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_CERT_REVOCATION networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_CIPHER_SUITES networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION control parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL_SERVER_CERT_DN networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_SERVER_DN_MATCH networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_VERSION networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_VERSION parameter (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL. See Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
- SSL. See Secure Sockets Layer.
- SSL.CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- SSL-enabled URLs (Application Express User's Guide)
- SSO wallets (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSO. See single sign-on (SSO)
- ST enqueue
-
- contention (Performance Tuning Guide)
- ST_ANNOTATION_TEXT constructor (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- ST_CoordDim method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- ST_GEOMETRY type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- ST_IsValid method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- stability, of cursor, DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- STACK (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- stack trace
-
- printing in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- STACK_BIN_CAT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STACK_BIN_NUM Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STACK_CLIP Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STACK_COL_REM Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STACK_MISS_CAT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STACK_NORM_LIN Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- staging
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- approximate CSCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- areas (Data Warehousing Guide)
- buffered queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- databases (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- files (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- management (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- messages (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- queues
-
- creating (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- secure queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- disabling user access (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- enabling user access (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- staging database
-
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- staging table
-
- loading data from (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- staging table for bulk loading semantic data (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- STALE status
-
- of redo log members (Administrator's Guide)
- STALE_TOLERATED mode (Data Warehousing Guide)
- stalled chain (Scheduler) (Administrator's Guide)
- standalone graphics (Text Reference)
- standalone objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- creating (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standalone procedure (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- standalone procedures
-
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- standalone subprogram
-
- definition of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- standalone subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- standard audit trail
-
- activities always recorded (Security Guide)
- archiving (Security Guide)
- AUDIT SQL statement (Security Guide)
- auditing standard audit trail (Security Guide)
- controlling size of (Security Guide)
- disabling (Security Guide)
- enabling (Security Guide)
- maximum size of (Security Guide)
- NOAUDIT SQL statement (Security Guide)
- operating system (Security Guide)
- protecting (Security Guide)
- records, archiving (Security Guide)
- records, purging (Security Guide)
- size, reducing (Security Guide)
- transaction independence (Security Guide)
- when created (Security Guide)
- standard auditing
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- administrative users on all platforms (Security Guide)
- administrators on UNIX systems (Security Guide)
- archiving audit trail (Security Guide)
- audit option levels (Security Guide)
- audit trails
-
- database (Security Guide)
- auditing
-
- default auditing, enabling (Security Guide)
- auditing by default (2 Day + Security Guide)
- by access
-
- about (Security Guide)
- setting (Security Guide)
- by session
-
- about (Security Guide)
- prohibited with (Security Guide)
- setting (Security Guide)
- customized (Security Guide)
- database audit trail records (Security Guide)
- DDL statement auditing (Security Guide)
- default options (Security Guide)
- default options, disabling (Security Guide)
- disabling (Security Guide)
- disabling options versus auditing (Security Guide)
- DML statements (Security Guide)
- enabling options versus auditing (Security Guide)
- enabling or disabling audit trail (2 Day + Security Guide)
- example (2 Day + Security Guide)
- executions (Security Guide)
- in multitier environment (2 Day + Security Guide)
- information stored in OS file (Security Guide)
- managing audit trail (Security Guide)
- mandatory auditing (Security Guide)
- network activity (2 Day + Security Guide)
- network auditing (Security Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- disabling (Security Guide)
- enabling (Security Guide)
- error types recorded (Security Guide)
- object auditing
-
- See standard auditing, schema object (Security Guide)
- operating system audit trail (Security Guide)
-
- file location (Security Guide)
- operating system audit trail using (Security Guide)
- privilege auditing
-
- about (Security Guide)
- disabling (Security Guide)
- enabling (Security Guide)
- multitier environment (Security Guide)
- options (Security Guide)
- system privileges (Security Guide)
- types (Security Guide)
- privileges (2 Day + Security Guide)
- privileges needed (Security Guide)
- proxies (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- range of focus (Security Guide)
- schema object auditing
-
- about (Security Guide)
- disabling (Security Guide)
- enabling (Security Guide)
- example (Security Guide)
- options (Security Guide)
- types (Security Guide)
- schema objects (2 Day + Security Guide)
- See also auditing, standard audit trail
- SQL statement
-
- See standard auditing, statement auditing (Security Guide)
- SQL statements (2 Day + Security Guide)
- statement auditing
-
- about (Security Guide)
- disabling (Security Guide)
- enabling (Security Guide)
- multitier environment (Security Guide)
- statement level (Security Guide)
- successful (Security Guide)
- types you can audit (Security Guide)
- unsuccessful (Security Guide)
- SYS users (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- system privileges (Security Guide)
- trigger use for customized auditing (Security Guide)
- user (Security Guide)
- standard deviation calculation (OLAP DML Reference)
- standard dictionary documents
-
- characteristics (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- custom (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- defined (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writing custom (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- XML schemas (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- Standard Edition
-
- installing ASM (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- starter database (Upgrade Guide)
- Standard Edition Oracle Database
-
- supported storage options for (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- Standard Header Files (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- standard metadata (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- STANDARD package
-
- defining PL/SQL environment (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- standard SQL (SQL Language Reference)
-
- Oracle extensions to (SQL Language Reference)
- standard statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- standard tabs
-
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- standard.rsp files (Installation Guide for Linux)
- standards
-
- ANSI/ISO
-
- isolation levels (Concepts)
- isolation levels (Concepts)
- standards conformance, Preface (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- standby database
-
- creating (Concepts)
- creating logical (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- recovering (SQL Language Reference)
- standby database hub
-
- example configurations (High Availability Overview)
- standby databases (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
-
- about creating using RMAN (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- activating (SQL Language Reference)
- and Data Guard (SQL Language Reference)
- apply instance (Data Guard Broker)
- apply services on (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying redo data on (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying redo log files on (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- ARCn processes using multiple network connections (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- changing the state of (Data Guard Broker)
- choosing a target standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- committing to primary status (SQL Language Reference)
- configuring (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- maximum number of (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on remote locations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- single-instance (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- constructing from backups (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- controlling use (SQL Language Reference)
- converting to physical standby (SQL Language Reference)
- creating (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- checklist of tasks (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- directory structure considerations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- if primary database uses ASM or OMF (Data Guard Broker)
- if primary uses ASM or OMF (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on remote host with same directory structure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- with a time lag (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating with DUPLICATE (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Data Guard configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- designing media recovery (SQL Language Reference)
- failover
-
- preparing for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- failover to (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- re-creating after (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- health check (Data Guard Broker)
- LOG_FILE_NAME_CONVERT initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- logical standby (High Availability Overview)
- modifying the control file (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- mounting (SQL Language Reference)
- not involved in a switchover (Data Guard Broker)
- operational requirements (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- preparing to use RMAN (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- recovering (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- recovering through OPEN RESETLOGS (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reenabling after failover (Data Guard Broker)
- reinstating (Data Guard Broker)
- removing (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- require standby redo log files (Data Guard Broker)
- resynchronizing with the primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reverting back to primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- rolling forward with RMAN incremental backups (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- See also physical standby databases
- SET AUXNAME command (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SET NEWNAME command (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- shutting down when fast-start failover is enabled (Data Guard Broker)
- snapshot standby in a multistandby database environment (High Availability Overview)
- software requirements (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- specifying the location of archived redo logs (Data Guard Broker)
- starting apply services on physical (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- switching over to the primary role (Data Guard Broker)
- STANDBY DATAFILE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- standby reader farms (High Availability Overview)
- standby redo log files
-
- and real-time apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- applying
-
- to standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting up (Data Guard Broker)
- setting up with DGMGRL (Data Guard Broker)
- standby redo logs
-
- archiving to a flash recovery area (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- archiving to a local file system (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuring archival of (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating and managing (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby role (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- STANDBY TABLESPACE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- standby transmission mode
-
- definition of (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Net and (Administrator's Guide)
- RFS processes and (Administrator's Guide)
- STANDBY_ARCHIVE_DEST initialization parameter (Reference)
- STANDBY_FILE_MANAGEMENT initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- setting for transportable tablespaces (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- when renaming datafiles (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- StandbyArchiveLocation property (Data Guard Broker)
-
- setting log apply services (Data Guard Broker)
- StandbyFileManagement property (Data Guard Broker)
- star
-
- node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- node face (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- star joins (Data Warehousing Guide)
- star queries (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- star transformation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- star schema (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- star schemas
-
- advantages (Data Warehousing Guide)
- defining fact tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dimensional model (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- star transformations (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- restrictions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- STAR_TRANSFORMATION hint (SQL Language Reference)
- STAR_TRANSFORMATION_ENABLED initialization parameter (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- START
-
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- start a distributed transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- start action
-
- timeout (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- START clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- start columns
-
- in partitioning and EXPLAIN PLAN statement (Performance Tuning Guide)
- START command
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- arguments (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- passing parameters to a script (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- script (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- similar to @ (at sign) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- similar to @@ (double at sign) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- start location for route (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- START LOGICAL STANDBY APPLY clause
-
- IMMEDIATE keyword (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- start measure
-
- getting for a link (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- start node
-
- getting for a link (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting in a path (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting for a link (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- START OBSERVER command
-
- fast-start failover configuration file (fsfo.dat) (Data Guard Broker)
- START Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- start SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- START WITH clause (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW ... REFRESH (SQL Language Reference)
- of queries and subqueries (SQL Language Reference)
- of SELECT and subqueries (SQL Language Reference)
- START WITH parameter
-
- of CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Language Reference)
- START_APPLY procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- START_CAPTURE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- START_CAPTURE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- start_debugging method (Java Developer's Guide)
- START_JOB parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- START_LOG procedure (Text Reference)
- START_POOL Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- START_PROFILER functions and procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- START_PROFILING Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- START_PROPAGATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- START_REDEF_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- START_SERVICE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- DBMS_SERVICE PL/SQL package (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- START_TIMEOUT attribute (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- startDocument() (XML C++ API Reference)
- startElement() (XML C++ API Reference)
- startElementNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- starting
- [entry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- Data Guard command-line interface (DGMGRL) (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard monitor (DMON) (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Guard Web pages in Enterprise Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- Data Object Editor (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- database server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- database servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- databases (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- JMS Connection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- listeners (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LogMiner utility (Utilities)
- manual failover (Data Guard Broker)
- Messaging Gateway agent (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle Cluster Services Synchronization Daemon (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle instance (Data Guard Broker)
- Oracle Management Agent (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Net Configuration Assistant (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Net Listener (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Net Services components (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Processes on Mac OS X (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Ultra Search (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Universal Installer (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- real-time apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- on physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Redo Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- switchover (Data Guard Broker)
- starting a database (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
- forcing (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- recovery and (Administrator's Guide)
- Recovery Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- restricted mode (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Plus (Administrator's Guide)
- when control files unavailable (Administrator's Guide)
- when redo logs unavailable (Administrator's Guide)
- starting an instance
-
- automatically at system startup (Administrator's Guide)
- database closed and mounted (Administrator's Guide)
- database name conflicts and (Administrator's Guide)
- forcing (Administrator's Guide)
- mounting and opening the database (Administrator's Guide)
- normally (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- recovery and (Administrator's Guide)
- Recovery Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- remote instance startup (Administrator's Guide)
- restricted mode (Administrator's Guide)
- SQL*Plus (Administrator's Guide)
- when control files unavailable (Administrator's Guide)
- when redo logs unavailable (Administrator's Guide)
- without mounting a database (Administrator's Guide)
- starting daemon (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- starting database
-
- Windows (2 Day DBA)
- starting point, setting (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- starting the OIFCFG interface (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- starting up
-
- instance number (Reference)
- startup order (Reference)
- startjoins attribute (Text Reference)
- STARTOF function (OLAP DML Reference)
- STARTUP
-
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- startup
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
-
- allocation of the SGA
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- starting a (Administrator's Guide)
- automating (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- forcing (Concepts)
- prohibited by dispatcher processes (Concepts)
- restricted mode (Concepts)
- steps (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- using crsctl commands (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- startup and shutdown (2 Day DBA)
-
- about (2 Day DBA)
- STARTUP command
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #5] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- default behavior (Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- MOUNT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NOMOUNT clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OPEN clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PFILE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RECOVER clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- RESTRICT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying a database (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- starting a database (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- startup database (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- STARTUP event
-
- triggers on (SQL Language Reference)
- startup file
-
- default shell startup file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- for shell (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- STARTUP Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STARTUP procedure (PL/SQL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- startup programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- Startup Shell Script
-
- parameter, tailoring to configure the host (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- STARTUP UPGRADE command (Upgrade Guide)
- startup_clauses
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- STARTUP_EXTPROC_AGENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STARTUP_WAIT_TIME_listener_name control parameter (Net Services Reference)
- STATALL function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- STATDEPTH function (OLAP DML Reference)
- state
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- getting for a link (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting for a link (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- web applications and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- state transitions
-
- effect on database states (Data Guard Broker)
- logical standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- physical standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- primary database (Data Guard Broker)
- stateful alerts
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- stateful and stateless user interfaces (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- stateful sessions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- stateless alerts
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- stateless sessions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- StatelessConnectionPool class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statement
-
- CREATE DATABASE LINK (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- ORA-29400 (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- Strict model (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- CREATE DATABASE, client/server configuration (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DESCRIBE (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- describe (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DFHRPL DD (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DROP DATABASE LINK (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- Statement Caching
-
- connection string attributes (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- methods and properties (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Statement Cache Purge (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Statement Cache Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- statement caching
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- code example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- explicit
-
- definition of (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- null data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- implicit
-
- definition of (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Least Recently Used (LRU) scheme (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Statement class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statement handle
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statement handles
-
- creating (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- reusing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- terminating (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Statement injection (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- statement labels (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- Statement object (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
- closing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- execute method (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- executeBatch method (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- executeQuery method (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- executeUpdate method (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- OraclePreparedStatement (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- query methods (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- statement terminator (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- statement transparency in distributed database
-
- managing (Administrator's Guide)
- statement trigger (Java Developer's Guide)
- statement triggers (Concepts)
-
- conditional code for statements (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- described (Concepts)
- row evaluation order (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- specifying SQL statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- timing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- UPDATE statements and (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- valid SQL statements (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- STATEMENT_ID column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- statement.cancel() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- statements
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
- ALTER (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- altering order of execution (OLAP DML Reference)
- assignment (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CASE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CLOSE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- COMMIT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CONTINUE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CREATE DATABASE, client/server configuration (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DB2 CREATE TABLE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DDL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DELETE (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DROP (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- DROP DATABASE LINK (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- editing previously executed (OLAP DML Reference)
- EXECUTE IMMEDIATE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- EXIT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- FETCH (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- FORALL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- FOR-LOOP (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- GOTO (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- GRANT (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- IF (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- INSERT (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- LOCK TABLE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- LOOP (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- MERGE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- NULL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- OPEN (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- OPEN-FOR (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- OPEN-FOR-USING (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Oracle extensions (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PREPARE TRANSACTION (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- RAISE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- RDF_VALUE$ table (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- reading from a file (OLAP DML Reference)
- reexecuting (OLAP DML Reference)
- RETURN (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- ROLLBACK (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SAVEPOINT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- see also SQL statements
- see PGAU commands
- SELECT (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
- read-only gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- select (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- SELECT INTO (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- sending to file (OLAP DML Reference)
- SET TRANSACTION (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SQL
-
- DB2 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- JOIN (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- see SQL statements (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SELECT (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- TRUNCATE (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- UPDATE (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- WHILE-LOOP (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- statements, returning false (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- statements, SQL
-
- ALTER DATABASE (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- statement-level read consistency (Concepts)
- statement-level rollback
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- breaking deadlocks (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- to break deadlocks (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- STATEQUAL (OLAP DML Reference)
- states
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
-
- changing (Data Guard Broker)
- database (Data Guard Broker)
- database transitions (Data Guard Broker)
- logical standby database
-
- APPLY-OFF (Data Guard Broker)
- APPLY-ON (Data Guard Broker)
- of a standby database
-
- changing in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of packages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- physical standby database
-
- APPLY-OFF (Data Guard Broker)
- APPLY-ON (Data Guard Broker)
- primary database
-
- TRANSPORT-OFF (Data Guard Broker)
- TRANSPORT-ON (Data Guard Broker)
- STATFIRST function (OLAP DML Reference)
- STATIC clause
-
- of ALTER TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- static constants
-
- conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- static data dictionary views (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- changes (Upgrade Guide)
- deprecated (Upgrade Guide)
- obsolete (Upgrade Guide)
- with dropped columns (Upgrade Guide)
- static dispatch (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- static expressions
-
- boolean (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLS_INTEGER (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- use with conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- VARCHAR2 (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Static File Repository (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- static files
-
- deleting (Application Express User's Guide)
- downloading (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- importing (Application Express User's Guide)
- importing into another instance (Application Express User's Guide)
- managing (Application Express User's Guide)
- uploading (Application Express User's Guide)
- static linking
-
- Oracle libraries and precompilers (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- static methods
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
- ORDAudio relational interface (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- ORDDoc relational interface (Multimedia Reference)
- ORDImage relational interface (Multimedia Reference)
- ORDVideo relational interface (Multimedia Reference)
- static registration registration (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- static service information
-
- adding for mgwextproc service (Installation Guide for Linux)
- static SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- static SQL, defined (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- static substitution string (Application Express User's Guide)
- static type-checking
-
- XQuery language (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- static variables
-
- in C external subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- STATIC_SESSION_LANGUAGE option (OLAP DML Reference)
- statically-linked applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- statics
-
- for indexes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- statistical functions (Data Mining Concepts)
- statistics
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- Active Session History (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- analyzer (Utilities)
- and STATISTICS_LEVEL initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- apply processes (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- automatic optimizer statistics collection (Performance Tuning Guide)
- automatically collecting for tables (Administrator's Guide)
- background checkpoints completed (Reference)
- background checkpoints started (Reference)
- background timeouts (Reference)
- baselines (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- branch node splits (Reference)
- buffer is not pinned count (Reference)
- buffer is pinned count (Reference)
- buffered queues (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- bytes received via SQL*Net from client (Reference)
- bytes received via SQL*Net from dblink (Reference)
- bytes sent via SQL*Net to client (Reference)
- bytes sent via SQL*Net to dblink (Reference)
- Cached Commit SCN referenced (Reference)
- calls to get snapshot scn
-
- kcmgss (Reference)
- calls to kcmgas (Reference)
- calls to kcmgcs (Reference)
- calls to kcmgrs (Reference)
- capture processes (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- change write time (Reference)
- checkpoint (Concepts)
- cleanouts and rollbacks - consistent read gets (Reference)
- cleanouts only - consistent read gets (Reference)
- cluster key scan block gets (Reference)
- cluster key scans (Reference)
- cold recycle reads (Reference)
- collecting for dictionary objects (Upgrade Guide)
- collecting for system component schemas (Upgrade Guide)
- collecting on external tables (Performance Tuning Guide)
- collecting TIMING statistics (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- collection during index rebuild (SQL Language Reference)
- commit cleanout failures
-
- block lost (Reference)
- buffer being written (Reference)
- callback failure (Reference)
- cannot pin (Reference)
- hot backup in progress (Reference)
- write disabled (Reference)
- commit cleanouts (Reference)
- commit cleanouts successfully completed (Reference)
- Commit SCN cached (Reference)
- computing table and column (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- consistent changes (Reference)
- consistent gets (Reference)
- consistent gets direct (Reference)
- consistent gets from cache (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- contents of (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CPU used by this session (Reference)
- CPU used when call started (Reference)
- CR blocks created (Reference)
- creating a table for (Upgrade Guide)
- current blocks converted for CR (Reference)
- cursor authentications (Reference)
- data blocks consistent reads - undo records applied (Reference)
- database optimizer
-
- specifying for Export (Utilities)
- databases (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- db block changes (Reference)
- db block gets (Reference)
- db block gets direct (Reference)
- db block gets from cache (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- DB time (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBWR buffers scanned (Reference)
- DBWR checkpoint buffers written (Reference)
- DBWR checkpoints (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- DBWR cross instance writes (Reference)
- DBWR free buffers found (Reference)
- DBWR lru scans (Reference)
- DBWR make free requests (Reference)
- DBWR revisited being-written buffer (Reference)
- DBWR summed scan depth (Reference)
- DBWR transaction table writes (Reference)
- DBWR undo block writes (Reference)
- DDL statements parallelized (Reference)
- default retention (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- deferred (CURRENT) block cleanout applications (Reference)
- deleting from the data dictionary (SQL Language Reference)
- DFO trees parallelized (Reference)
- dirty buffers inspected (Reference)
- displaying in views (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DML statements parallelized (Reference)
- enabling automatic optimizer statistics collection (Performance Tuning Guide)
- enqueue conversions (Reference)
- enqueue deadlocks (Reference)
- enqueue releases (Reference)
- enqueue requests (Reference)
- enqueue timeouts (Reference)
- enqueue waits (Reference)
- estimating (Data Warehousing Guide)
- estimating table and column (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- exchange deadlocks (Reference)
- execute count (Reference)
- exporting and importing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- for conflict resolution
-
- auditing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- cancelling (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- clearing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- clearing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- collecting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- collecting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- viewing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for propagation
-
- clearing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- clearing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- forcing disassociation (SQL Language Reference)
- free buffer inspected (Reference)
- free buffer requested (Reference)
- gathered by the Automatic Workload Repository (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- gathering (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- gathering for optimizer (Concepts)
- gathering for RDF and OWL (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- gathering schema (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- gathering stale (Performance Tuning Guide)
- gathering using sampling (Performance Tuning Guide)
- gathering with DBMS_STATS package (Performance Tuning Guide)
- gathering with DBMS_STATS procedures (Performance Tuning Guide)
- generating for query optimization (Performance Tuning Guide)
- global cache blocks corrupt (Reference)
- global cache convert time (Reference)
- global cache convert timeouts (Reference)
- global cache converts (Reference)
- global cache cr block log flush time (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- global cache cr block receive time (Reference)
- global cache cr block send time (Reference)
- global cache cr block serve time (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- global cache cr blocks served (Reference)
- global cache cr requests blocked (Reference)
- global cache cr timeouts (Reference)
- global cache defers (Reference)
- global cache freelist waits (Reference)
- global cache get time (Reference)
- global cache gets (Reference)
- global cache prepare failures (Reference)
- global lock async converts (Reference)
- global lock async gets (Reference)
- global lock convert time (Reference)
- global lock get time (Reference)
- global lock releases (Reference)
- global lock sync converts (Reference)
- global lock sync gets (Reference)
- high-load SQL (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- histograms (Performance Tuning Guide)
- hot buffers moved to head of LRU (Reference)
- immediate (CR) block cleanout applications (Reference)
- immediate (CURRENT) block cleanout applications (Reference)
- importing with DBMS_STATS PL/SQL procedure (Upgrade Guide)
- index fast full scans (direct read) (Reference)
- index fast full scans (full) (Reference)
- index fast full scans (rowid ranges) (Reference)
- instance recovery database freeze count (Reference)
- kcmccs called get current scn (Reference)
- kcmccs read scn without going to DLM (Reference)
- kcmggs waited for batching (Reference)
- leaf node splits (Reference)
- limitations on restoring previous versions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- lob reads (Reference)
- lob writes (Reference)
- lob writes unaligned (Reference)
- locking (Performance Tuning Guide)
- logons cumulative (Reference)
- logons current (Reference)
- manually gathering (Performance Tuning Guide)
- max session memory (Performance Tuning Guide)
- messages received (Reference)
- messages sent (Reference)
- missing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- monitoring for Oracle Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- native hash arithmetic execute (Reference)
- native hash arithmetic fail (Reference)
- next scns gotten without going to DLM (Reference)
- no buffer to keep pinned count (Reference)
- no work - consistent read gets (Reference)
- on index usage (SQL Language Reference)
- on scalar object attributes
-
- collecting (SQL Language Reference)
- on schema objects
-
- collecting (SQL Language Reference)
- deleting (SQL Language Reference)
- opened cursors cumulative (Reference)
- opened cursors current (Reference)
- opens of replaced files (Reference)
- opens requiring cache replacement (Reference)
- operating system (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- OS All other sleep time (Reference)
- OS Chars read and written (Reference)
- OS Data page fault sleep time (Reference)
- OS Input blocks (Reference)
- OS Involuntary context switches (Reference)
- OS Kernel page fault sleep time (Reference)
- OS Major page faults (Reference)
- OS Messages received (Reference)
- OS Messages sent (Reference)
- OS Minor page faults (Reference)
- OS Other system trap CPU time (Reference)
- OS Output blocks (Reference)
- OS Process heap time (Reference)
- OS Signals received (Reference)
- OS Swaps (Reference)
- OS System call CPU time (Reference)
- OS System calls (Reference)
- OS Text page fault sleep time (Reference)
- OS User level CPU time (Reference)
- OS User lock wait sleep time (Reference)
- OS Voluntary context switches (Reference)
- OS Wait-cpu (latency) time (Reference)
- Process stack size (Reference)
- operating systems (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- CPU statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- disk statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- network statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- virtual memory statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- optimizer (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Utilities)
- optimizer mode (Performance Tuning Guide)
- optimizer use of (Performance Tuning Guide)
- optimizing with (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Streams (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- Parallel operations downgraded 1 to 25 pct (Reference)
- Parallel operations downgraded 25 to 50 pct (Reference)
- Parallel operations downgraded 50 to 75 pct (Reference)
- Parallel operations downgraded 75 to 99 pct (Reference)
- Parallel operations downgraded to serial (Reference)
- Parallel operations not downgraded (Reference)
- parse count (hard) (Reference)
- parse count (total) (Reference)
- parse time cpu (Reference)
- parse time elapsed (Reference)
- persistent queue (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- physical read bytes (Reference)
- physical read IO requests (Reference)
- physical read total bytes (Reference)
- physical read total IO requests (Reference)
- physical read total multi block requests (Reference)
- physical reads (Reference)
- physical reads cache (Reference)
- physical reads direct (Reference)
- physical reads from cache (Performance Tuning Guide)
- physical reads prefetch warmup (Reference)
- physical write bytes (Reference)
- physical write IO requests (Reference)
- physical write total bytes (Reference)
- physical write total IO requests (Reference)
- physical write total multi block requests (Reference)
- physical writes (Reference)
- physical writes direct (Reference)
- physical writes from cache (Reference)
- physical writes non checkpoint (Reference)
- pinned buffers inspected (Reference)
- prefetched blocks (Reference)
- prefetched blocks aged out before use (Reference)
- process last non-idle time (Reference)
- propagation (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- propagations (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- PX local messages recv'd (Reference)
- PX local messages sent (Reference)
- PX remote messages recv'd (Reference)
- PX remote messages sent (Reference)
- queries parallelized (Reference)
- recovery array read time (Reference)
- recovery array reads (Reference)
- recovery blocks read (Reference)
- recovery blocks read for lost write detection (Reference)
- recovery blocks skipped lost write checks (Reference)
- recursive calls (Reference)
- recursive cpu usage (Reference)
- redo blocks checksummed by FG (exclusive) (Reference)
- redo blocks checksummed by LGWR (Reference)
- redo blocks written (Reference)
- redo buffer allocation retries (Reference)
- redo entries (Reference)
- redo entries for lost write detection (Reference)
- redo log space requests (Reference)
- redo log space wait time (Reference)
- redo ordering marks (Reference)
- redo size (Reference)
- redo size for lost write detection (Reference)
- redo synch time (Reference)
- redo synch writes (Reference)
- redo wastage (Reference)
- redo write time (Reference)
- redo writer latching time (Reference)
- redo writes (Reference)
- remote instance undo block writes (Reference)
- remote instance undo header writes (Reference)
- restoring previous versions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- rollback changes - undo records applied (Reference)
- rollbacks only - consistent read gets (Reference)
- rows fetched via callback (Reference)
- sampled data (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- segment-level (Performance Tuning Guide)
- serializable aborts (Reference)
- session (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- session connect time (Reference)
- session cursor cache count (Reference)
- session cursor cache hits (Reference)
- session logical reads (Reference)
- session memory (Performance Tuning Guide)
- session pga memory (Reference)
- session pga memory max (Reference)
- session stored procedure space (Reference)
- session uga memory (Reference)
- session uga memory max (Reference)
- shared io pool buffer get failure (Reference)
- shared io pool buffer get success (Reference)
- shared server processes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- sorts (disk) (Reference)
- sorts (memory) (Reference)
- sorts (rows) (Reference)
- specifying for Import (Utilities)
- SQL*Net roundtrips to/from client (Reference)
- SQL*Net roundtrips to/from dblink (Reference)
- stale (Performance Tuning Guide)
- summed dirty queue length (Reference)
- switch current to new buffer (Reference)
- system (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- table fetch by rowid (Reference)
- table fetch continued row (Reference)
- table scan blocks gotten (Reference)
- table scan rows gotten (Reference)
- table scans (cache partitions) (Reference)
- table scans (direct read) (Reference)
- table scans (long tables) (Reference)
- table scans (rowid ranges) (Reference)
- table scans (short tables) (Reference)
- time model (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- timed (Reference)
- total file opens (Reference)
- transaction lock background get time (Reference)
- transaction lock background gets (Reference)
- transaction lock foreground requests (Reference)
- transaction lock foreground wait time (Reference)
- transaction rollbacks (Reference)
- transaction tables consistent read rollbacks (Reference)
- transaction tables consistent reads - undo records applied (Reference)
- Unnecessary process cleanup for SCN batching (Reference)
- user calls (Reference)
- user commits (Reference)
- user rollbacks (Reference)
- user-defined (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- wait events (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- when to gather (Performance Tuning Guide)
- write clones created in background (Reference)
- write clones created in foreground (Reference)
- STATISTICS parameter
-
- Export utility (Utilities)
- Import utility (Utilities)
- statistics tables
-
- upgrading (Upgrade Guide)
- statistics type
-
- definition (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- statistics types
-
- associating
-
- with columns (SQL Language Reference)
- with datatypes (SQL Language Reference)
- with functions (SQL Language Reference)
- with packages (SQL Language Reference)
- associating with datatypes (SQL Language Reference)
- associating with domain indexes (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- associating with functions (SQL Language Reference)
- associating with indextypes (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- associating with packages (SQL Language Reference)
- disassociating
-
- from columns (SQL Language Reference)
- from domain indexes (SQL Language Reference)
- from functions (SQL Language Reference)
- from indextypes (SQL Language Reference)
- from packages (SQL Language Reference)
- from types (SQL Language Reference)
- statistics, access (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- statistics, disabling (Text Reference)
- statistics, enabling (Text Reference)
- statistics, showing index (Text Reference)
- STATISTICS_LEVEL initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
-
- and Automatic Workload Repository (Performance Tuning Guide)
- automatic statistics collection (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling automatic database diagnostic monitoring (Performance Tuning Guide)
- settings for statistic gathering (Performance Tuning Guide)
- STATISTICS_LEVEL parameter
-
- and ADDM (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- and the Automatic Workload Repository (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- setting (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- STATLAST function (OLAP DML Reference)
- STATLEN function (OLAP DML Reference)
- STATLIST function (OLAP DML Reference)
- STATMAX function (OLAP DML Reference)
- STATMIN function (OLAP DML Reference)
- STATRANK function (OLAP DML Reference)
- STATS_BINOMIAL_TEST function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_CROSSTAB function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_F_TEST function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_KS_TEST function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_MODE function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_MW_TEST function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_ONE_WAY_ANOVA function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_T_TEST_INDEP function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_T_TEST_INDEPU function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_T_TEST_ONE function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_T_TEST_PAIRED function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- STATS_WSR_TEST function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- Statspack (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- Oracle Streams (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- usage (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- status
-
- application responsiveness to changes (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- determining (OLAP DML Reference)
- health check on primary database (Data Guard Broker)
- health check on standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- health of the database (Data Guard Broker)
- intended state of a configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- NEEDS_STREAM_DATA (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PREPARED (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- propagation (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- RESULT_SET_AVAILABLE (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- setting (OLAP DML Reference)
- setting inside a statement (OLAP DML Reference)
- setting to null (OLAP DML Reference)
- STREAM_DATA_AVAILABLE (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- UNPREPARED (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- UPDATE_COUNT_AVAILABLE (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using metrics (Data Guard Broker)
- Status attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- status code (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- status codes
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- meaning of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- use in error reporting (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- status codes for error reporting (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- STATUS command
-
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- STATUS Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- status lists
-
- base dimensions (OLAP DML Reference)
- comparing (OLAP DML Reference)
- empty (OLAP DML Reference)
- first value in (OLAP DML Reference)
- last value in (OLAP DML Reference)
- looping over (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- most recent value (OLAP DML Reference)
- null values (OLAP DML Reference)
- number of values in (OLAP DML Reference)
- position in (OLAP DML Reference)
- restoring (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- result of LIMIT command (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving depth of (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving value by position (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving values from (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- saving (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- saving in a context (OLAP DML Reference)
- sending to outfile (OLAP DML Reference)
- setting to null (OLAP DML Reference)
- sorting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- status messages
-
- for customization (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for translation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- ORA-16661 (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- ORA-16795 (Data Guard Broker)
- translator, enabling/disabling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- status option (sqlj -status) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- STATUS parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- status parameters
-
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in the WITH INTERFACE clause (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- STATUS program (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- status variables (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- STATUS_LINE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- StatusReport property (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- STATVAL function (OLAP DML Reference)
- STDDEV function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- STDDEV_POP function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STDDEV_SAMP function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STDHDR program (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- line size for centering (OLAP DML Reference)
- stem indexing (Text Reference)
- stem operator (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- stemmer attribute (Text Reference)
- stemming
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- [entry #4] (Text Reference)
-
- automatic (Text Reference)
- default (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- example for enabling (Text Reference)
- improving performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- STEP clause
-
- equivalent in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- step types (OLAP User's Guide)
- STEP_ID function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- steps, chain
-
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- Still Image exceptions (Multimedia Reference)
- Still Image internal helper types (Multimedia Reference)
- Still Image views (Multimedia Reference)
- STMLEN parameter (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- STMT_AUDIT_OPTION_MAP table (Reference)
- STMT_CACHE
-
- precompiler option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- stmtcache option (Oracle customizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- StmtCacheSize (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- STOP action
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- result of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- stop action
-
- timeout (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- STOP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- stop columns
-
- in partitioning and EXPLAIN PLAN statement (Performance Tuning Guide)
- STOP command
-
- of Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- stop lines (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- STOP LOGICAL STANDBY APPLY clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- STOP LOGICAL STANDBY clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- STOP option, of WHENEVER command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- stop query (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- stop section (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- adding dynamically (Text Reference)
- dynamically adding example (Text Reference)
- stop sections
-
- adding (Text Reference)
- STOP_APPLY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- STOP_CAPTURE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- stop_debugging method (Java Developer's Guide)
- stop_dic attribute (Text Reference)
- STOP_JOB parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- STOP_POOL Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STOP_PROFILER function and procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STOP_PROFILING Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STOP_PROPAGATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- STOP_SERVICE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- DBMS_SERVICE PL/SQL package (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- STOP_TIMEOUT attribute (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- stopclass (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- defining (Text Reference)
- removing (Text Reference)
- stoplist (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating (Text Reference)
- creating with admin tool (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Danish (Text Reference)
- default (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- dropping (Text Reference)
- Dutch (Text Reference)
- English (Text Reference)
- Finnish (Text Reference)
- French (Text Reference)
- German (Text Reference)
- Italian (Text Reference)
- modifying (Text Reference)
- multi-language (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Text Reference)
- PL/SQL procedures (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Portuguese (Text Reference)
- Spanish (Text Reference)
- Swedish (Text Reference)
- stoplists
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- about (Text Reference)
- creating (Text Reference)
- default (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- modifying (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- stopping
-
- Automatic Storage Management (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- JMS Connection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- jobs (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Cluster Services Synchronization Daemon (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Database (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Management Agent (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Net Listener (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle Ultra Search (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- real-time apply
-
- on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- real-time apply on physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Redo Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- statement execution (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- stoptheme (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- defining (Text Reference)
- definition (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- removing (Text Reference)
- stopword (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- adding dynamically (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- case-sensitive (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- defining (Text Reference)
- removing (Text Reference)
- viewing all in stoplist (Text Reference)
- stopword transformation (Text Reference)
-
- viewing (Text Reference)
- stopwords
-
- adding dynamically (Text Reference)
- removing (Text Reference)
- storage
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- application profiles (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- changing (OLAP DML Reference)
- checking available (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- cluster file system (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- column objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- fragmentation in parallel DDL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- index partitions (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- indexes (Concepts)
- logical structures (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- migration (High Availability Overview)
- mirroring to RAID (High Availability Overview)
- nested tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- nulls (Concepts)
- object tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- of variables (OLAP DML Reference)
- optimizing (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters introduction (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- out of line (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- collections (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- quotas and (Security Guide)
- REFs (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- revoking tablespaces and (Security Guide)
- triggers (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- unlimited quotas (Security Guide)
- view definitions (Concepts)
- XMLType, CREATE TABLE (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- storage allocation
-
- suspended, handling (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- storage allocation errors
-
- resuming execution after (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Storage Area Network (SAN)
-
- extended distance clusters (High Availability Overview)
- Storage Area Network (SAN) storage (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Storage Area Network (SAN), Glossary (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- storage area network disks (Installation Guide for Linux)
- storage attributes
-
- unsupported during a rolling upgrade (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- STORAGE clause
-
- of ALTER CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG. See CREATE TABLE
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- parallel execution (Data Warehousing Guide)
- See also storage parameters
- using (Concepts)
- storage defaults (Text Reference)
- storage devices
-
- configuring when extending Oracle RAC (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- storage failure (High Availability Overview)
- storage failures
-
- protecting against (Concepts)
- storage grid (High Availability Overview)
- storage index preference
-
- example (Text Reference)
- storage management
-
- manual (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- storage management See Automatic Storage Management
- storage models of XML data (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- storage objects (Text Reference)
- storage options
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- for Enterprise Edition installations (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- for Standard Edition installations (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- STORAGE parameter (Utilities)
- storage parameters
- [entry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
- applicable objects (Administrator's Guide)
- BUFFER POOL (Administrator's Guide)
- default, changing (SQL Language Reference)
- estimating export requirements (Utilities)
- INITIAL (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- INITRANS, altering (Administrator's Guide)
- materialized view log
-
- altering (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- MAXTRANS, altering (Administrator's Guide)
- MINEXTENTS (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- NEXT (Administrator's Guide)
- OPTIMAL parameter (Utilities)
- overriding
-
- Import (Utilities)
- PCTINCREASE (Administrator's Guide)
- preallocating
-
- direct path load (Utilities)
- precedence of (Administrator's Guide)
- resetting (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- setting (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- temporary for a direct path load (Utilities)
- temporary segments (Administrator's Guide)
- tuning Oracle Streams AQ (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using with Export/Import (Utilities)
- storage size
-
- raster (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- storage snapshots (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- storage subsystems
-
- mapping files to physical devices (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- STORAGE_ERROR exception (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- raised with recursion (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- storageParam parameter (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- STORE AS clause (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- STORE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- SET clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- STORE IN clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- store tables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- STORE_PACKAGE
-
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- STORE_PACKAGE command-line option
-
- does a CREATE or REPLACE PACKAGE (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- STORE_SQE procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- example (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- STORE_VALUES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- stored function
-
- calling (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- stored function calls (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- stored function, creating (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- stored functions
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- importing (Utilities)
-
- effect of COMPILE parameter (Utilities)
- stored outlines (Concepts)
-
- creating and using (Performance Tuning Guide)
- DBMS_OUTLN (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- editing (Concepts)
- execution plans and plan stability (Performance Tuning Guide)
- hints (Performance Tuning Guide)
- moving tables (Performance Tuning Guide)
- OUTLN_PKG package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- storage requirements (Performance Tuning Guide)
- using (Performance Tuning Guide)
- viewing data for (Performance Tuning Guide)
- stored package (Utilities)
- stored packages (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- importing (Utilities)
- stored predicates (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- stored procedure (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- creating on DB2 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DB2 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- GTW$_BIND_PKG (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- native DB2 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- opening a cursor (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle and non-Oracle (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Oracle database
-
- local instance (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- remote instance (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- using (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Oracle, description (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- restriction (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- sample programs (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- usage (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- using DRDA server (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- stored procedure calls (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Stored procedures (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
-
- running in chained mode (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- stored procedures
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
-
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- advantages (Java Developer's Guide)
- calling (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- Connection Navigator (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- contrasted with anonymous blocks (Concepts)
- created with SQL*Module (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- creating (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DB2 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- defined (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- developing (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- direct path load (Utilities)
- example (Java Developer's Guide)
- GTW$_BIND_PKG (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- importing (Utilities)
-
- effect of COMPILE parameter (Utilities)
- introduction (Java Developer's Guide)
- invoker's rights (Security Guide)
- invoking (Java Developer's Guide)
- Java (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- JDeveloper (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- managing privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- opening a cursor (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- OracleCallableStatement (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- program example (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- publishing (Java Developer's Guide)
- remote object security (Administrator's Guide)
- REVISE_SALARY (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- running (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- sample programs (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- steps (Java Developer's Guide)
- testing (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- triggers contrasted with (Concepts)
- using privileges granted to PUBLIC (Security Guide)
- using with the gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- variables and constants (Concepts)
- stored procedures (SQL)
-
- executing (OLAP DML Reference)
- stored procedures and functions (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- executing (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- returning rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Stored procedures in SQL Server (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- stored program units (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- see subprograms and packages
- stored queries (Text Reference)
- stored query expression
-
- creating (Text Reference)
- removing (Text Reference)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- viewing definition (Text Reference)
- stored query expression, defining (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- stored query expressions (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- stored scripts (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- creating RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- deleting (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- dynamic (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- executing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- listing names of (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- managing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- printing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- substitution variables in (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- stored subprogram
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- calling (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- creating (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- packaged versus standalone (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- stored versus inline (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using to improve performance (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- stored subprogram, calling (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- stored subprograms
-
- calling (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- creating (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in Oracle database (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- packaged versus standalone (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- see subprograms
- stored versus inline (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- STORETRIGGERVAL property (OLAP DML Reference)
- storeVarrayAsTable attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- store-and-forward replication. See asynchronous replication
- storing text (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- storing XML in the database (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- stream buffer
-
- specifying size for direct path (Utilities)
- Stream class (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- stream data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- CHAR columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- external files (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LOBs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LONG columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LONG RAW columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multiple columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- precautions (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- RAW columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- row prefetching (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- UPDATE/COMMIT statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use to avoid setBytes() and setString() limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- VARCHAR columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- stream data column
-
- bypassing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- stream paths (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- combined capture and apply (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- stream record format (Utilities)
-
- loading column objects in (Utilities)
- STREAM_DATA_AVAILABLE status (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- STREAM2MULTI procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- streamed reads (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- streamed writes (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- streaming (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- do not enable buffering, when using (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- write (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- streaming APIs
-
- NewStreamLob.java (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- using JDBC and BFILEs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- using JDBC and CLOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- using JDBC and LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- streaming validator (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
-
- opaque mode (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- transparent mode (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- StreamMessage
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- creating (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- example (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Streams
-
- comparing to Data Guard (High Availability Overview)
- description (High Availability Overview)
- removing configuration (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SecureFiles not supported (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- using for heterogeneous connectivity (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- streams
-
- as function return values (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- as output parameters (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- classes and methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- general use in SQLJ (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- precautions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving data (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sending data to database (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- supporting classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Streams administrator
-
- creating (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- creating a tablespace for (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- Streams Advanced Queuing
-
- dequeue function (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- enqueue function (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OCI and (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OCI descriptors for (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OCI functions for (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OCI versus PL/SQL (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Streams apply process
-
- asynchronous Change Data Capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Streams capture process
-
- asynchronous Change Data Capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Streams clients
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- Streams data dictionary (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams environment in Data Pump
-
- setting buffer cache size (Utilities)
- streams paths
-
- statistics (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams Performance Advisor (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- Streams pool (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- MEMORY_MAX_TARGET initialization parameter (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- MEMORY_TARGET initialization parameter (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SGA_TARGET initialization parameter (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams Pool Advisor (Concepts)
- Streams tool (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams topology
-
- DBMS_STREAMS_ADVISOR_ADM package (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- gathering information (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- STREAMS$_EVALUATION_CONTEXT (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- STREAMS$_TRANSFORM_FUNCTION (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- STREAMS_CONFIGURATION parameter
-
- Data Pump Import utility (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- Import utility (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- STREAMS_INSTANTIATION parameter
-
- Import utility (Utilities)
- STREAMS_MIGRATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- STREAMS_POOL parameter (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- STREAMS_POOL_SIZE initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams. See Oracle Streams
- STREAMSIZE parameter
-
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- strict security model
-
- defined (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- running root.sh (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- strict superset (Globalization Support Guide)
- STRICTLY_DOMINATED_BY function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- STRICTLY_DOMINATES function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- STRIKE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STRIKE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STRING
-
- external datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- string comparison semantics (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- string comparisons
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- WHERE clause (Globalization Support Guide)
- string concatenation
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- string data (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- STRING datatype (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- STRING function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- String functions (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- string functions (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- string host variables
-
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- string index, with Native Semantics (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- string literal
-
- on one line (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- string literals
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- continuing on the next line (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- NCHAR (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Unicode (Globalization Support Guide)
- string literals. See text literals.
- string manipulation using OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- string message property (JMS)
-
- getting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- setting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- String OLAP Java API data type (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- STRING subtype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- string values
-
- Data Guard command-line interface (Data Guard Broker)
- string, XML
-
- mapping to VARCHAR2 (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- STRING_TO_RAW Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- StringParameter objects
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- strings
-
- byte (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- converting to ASCII values (SQL Language Reference)
- converting to unicode (SQL Language Reference)
- length of (OLAP DML Reference)
- passing as parameters (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PL/SQL Server Pages and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- searching (Globalization Support Guide)
- strings. See text literals.
- striped logical volume
-
- designing (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- striping (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- manual (Performance Tuning Guide)
- storage systems, Glossary (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- STRMMON (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- strong authentication
-
- centrally controlling SYSDBA and SYSOPER access to multiple databases (Security Guide)
- guideline (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- strong authentication for directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- STRONG function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- STRONG procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- strongly typed collections (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed custom Java classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed objects and references (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed paradigm (JPublisher User's Guide)
- strongly-typed object references (JPublisher User's Guide)
- STRUCT class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Struct Component Alignment (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- STRUCT descriptor (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- STRUCT object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- attributes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- embedded object (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- nested objects (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving attributes as oracle.sql types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- StructDescriptor object
-
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- structs
-
- array of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- as host variables (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- C, using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- for collection object types (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- generating C structs for a REF (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- pointers as host variables (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- structs (structures)
-
- cannot be nested (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- structure
-
- elements in allowed as host variable (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use of as host variable not allowed (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- structure of index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured data
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
- adding (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- removing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- section (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured data section (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- structured payloads (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- structured query
-
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Structured Query Language (SQL)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- description (SQL Language Reference)
- functions (SQL Language Reference)
- keywords (SQL Language Reference)
- Oracle Tools support of (SQL Language Reference)
- parameters (SQL Language Reference)
- standards (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- statements
-
- determining the cost of (SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- Structured Query Language, also see SQL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- structured storage of XML data
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- structures
-
- arrays of (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data blocks
-
- shown in rowids (Concepts)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- datafiles
-
- shown in rowids (Concepts)
- locking (Concepts)
- logical (Concepts)
-
- data blocks (Concepts)
- data blocks (Concepts)
- extents (Concepts)
- extents (Concepts)
- schema objects (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- segments (Concepts)
- tablespaces (Concepts)
- tablespaces (Concepts)
- memory (Concepts)
- physical
-
- control files (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- datafiles (Concepts)
- processes (Concepts)
- structures (structs)
-
- nesting not permitted for host (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- stuck recovery (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- STUDENTS.SQL script (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- STYLE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- style option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- STYLE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- style sheet (Application Express User's Guide)
- style sheet for updating existing XML instance documents (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- style sheets, using (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- style.css
-
- HTML presentation (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- style.css description (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- styles and style files
-
- file formats (JPublisher User's Guide)
- overview (JPublisher User's Guide)
- specification and locations (JPublisher User's Guide)
- -style option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- stylesheet, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SUB procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- subclasses, JPublisher-generated for Java-to-Java (JPublisher User's Guide)
- subclassing iterator classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- subclassing JPublisher-generated classes see extending
- Subclauses
-
- activate_standby_db_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- add_binding_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- add_column_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- add_disk_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- subevents, identifying (OLAP DML Reference)
- subexpressions
-
- of regular expressions (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- subfactors
-
- See child factors under factors topic
- subjects (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- subkey, registry (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SUBMIT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUBMIT_PENDING_AREA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUBMULTISET condition (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBMULTISET conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- subnet
-
- configuring for virtual IP address (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- subnormal floating-point numbers (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- SUBPARTITION BY HASH clause
-
- for composite-partitioned tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBPARTITION BY LIST clause
-
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBPARTITION clause
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #4] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #5] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- for composite-partitioned tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- of ANALYZE (SQL Language Reference)
- of DELETE (SQL Language Reference)
- of INSERT (SQL Language Reference)
- of LOCK TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of UPDATE (SQL Language Reference)
- subpartition template
-
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- replacing (SQL Language Reference)
- subpartition templates (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- modifying (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- subpartitioned tables
-
- loading (Utilities)
- subpartitions
-
- adding (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- adding rows to (SQL Language Reference)
- allocating extents for (SQL Language Reference)
- coalescing (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- converting into nonpartitioned tables (SQL Language Reference)
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- creating a template for (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- deallocating unused space from (SQL Language Reference)
- exchanging with tables (SQL Language Reference)
- hash (SQL Language Reference)
- inserting rows into (SQL Language Reference)
- list (SQL Language Reference)
- list, adding (SQL Language Reference)
- locking (SQL Language Reference)
- logging insert operations (SQL Language Reference)
- moving to a different segment (SQL Language Reference)
- physical attributes
-
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- removing rows from (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- renaming (SQL Language Reference)
- revising values in (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- template, creating (SQL Language Reference)
- template, dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- template, replacing (SQL Language Reference)
- templates (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SUBPARTITIONS clause (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- for composite-partitioned tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- subpartition-extended table names
-
- in DML statements (SQL Language Reference)
- restrictions on (SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (SQL Language Reference)
- subpath table
-
- definition (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- subpaths
-
- CREATE_SUBPATH_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- definition (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- deleting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- subpath table (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- subpaths getting maximum subpath ID (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- Subprogram inlining (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- subprogram parameters (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- datatypes of formal (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- default values of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- remote subprograms and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- modes of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- user-defined types as (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- subprogram, PL/SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- subprogram, PL/SQL or Java (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- subprograms (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- actual and formal parameters (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- advantages in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- altering (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- AUTHID clause (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- calling
-
- through embedded PL/SQL gateway (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- compiling for native execution (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- controlling side effects (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- coordinate system transformation (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- creating (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- current user during execution (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- data mining (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- debugging (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- declaring nested (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- declaring PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- default parameter modes (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- definer's rights (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- definer's-rights (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- dropping (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- exception-handling (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- EXECUTE privilege (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- external
-
- see external subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- external references (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- geocoding (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- geometry (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- granting privileges on invoker's-rights (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- guidelines for overloading (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- how calls are resolved (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- IN OUT parameter mode (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- IN parameter mode (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- invoker's-rights (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- invoking
-
- see invoking subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- invoking external (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- invoking from SQL*Plus (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- invoking with parameters (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- linear referencing (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- local (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- mixed notation parameters (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- named parameters (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- names of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- overloading (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- OpenLS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Oracle XA (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- OUT parameter mode (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- overloading and inheritance (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- overloading names (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- overriding name resolution (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- package (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- packaged (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- parameter aliasing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- parameter modes (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- parameters of
-
- see subprogram parameters (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- passing parameter by value (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- passing parameters (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- passing parameters by reference (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- point clouds (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- positional parameters (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- privileged needed to execute (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- privileges needed to debug (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- recursive (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- remote
-
- see remote subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- resolving external references (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- restrictions on overloading (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- roles with invoker's rights (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- running (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- SDO_MIGRATE (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- see also functions and procedures
- size limits for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- spatial analysis (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- standalone (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- stored
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- using Java for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- synonyms for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- TINs (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- tuning (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- understanding PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using database links with invoker's-rights (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using recursion (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using triggers with invoker's-rights (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using views with invoker's-rights (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- utility (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- WFS (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- WFS processing (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- subqueries
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- assigning names to (SQL Language Reference)
- CHECK constraints prohibit (Concepts)
- containing subqueries (SQL Language Reference)
- correlated (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- defined (SQL Language Reference)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- extended subquery unnesting (SQL Language Reference)
- factoring of (SQL Language Reference)
- in DDL statements (Data Warehousing Guide)
- in DML statements
-
- serializable isolation (Concepts)
- in remote updates (Administrator's Guide)
- in unions
-
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- inline views (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
-
- AND condition (Advanced Replication)
- column logging (Advanced Replication)
- EXISTS condition (Advanced Replication)
- joins (Advanced Replication)
- many to many (Advanced Replication)
- many to one (Advanced Replication)
- one to many (Advanced Replication)
- restrictions (Advanced Replication)
- nested (SQL Language Reference)
- NOT IN (Performance Tuning Guide)
- of past data (SQL Language Reference)
- query processing (Concepts)
- scalar (SQL Language Reference)
- statement transparency in distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- to insert table data (SQL Language Reference)
- unnesting (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- uses for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using in place of expressions (SQL Language Reference)
- using in the SET clause (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using in the VALUES clause (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- subquery (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in the SET clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in the VALUES clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- subroutines
-
- declare section in (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- precompiling (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- SUBSCRIBE_NODE_DOWN_EVENT_listener_name control parameter (Net Services Reference)
- subscriber
-
- definition of, in publish-subscribe model (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- subscriber view
-
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- returning DML changes in order (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- subscribers
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- access to change tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- adding (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ALL_PUBLISHED_COLUMNS view (Data Warehousing Guide)
- altering (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- components associated with (Data Warehousing Guide)
- controlling access to tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- creating (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- creating JMS remote subscriber for Oracle object type messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- creating remote subscriber for JMS messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- creating with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DML access (Data Warehousing Guide)
- drop the subscription (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- extend the window to create a new view (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- in Messaging Gateway propagations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- managing (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- names
-
- mixed case (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ordering (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- parameters
-
- delivery_mode (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue_to_queue (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- rule (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- transformation (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- privileges (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging the subscription window (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- purpose (Data Warehousing Guide)
- removing (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- restrictions (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- retrieve change data from the subscriber views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- specifying transformations for in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- tasks (Data Warehousing Guide)
- unsubscribing DurableSubscribers (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- viewing (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- subscribing
-
- step-by-step example (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SUBSCRIPT_BEYOND_COUNT exception (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSCRIPT_OUTSIDE_LIMIT exception (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- subscription (rule-based) for Workspace Manager events (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- Subscription class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- subscription handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- subscription services
-
- definition of, in publish-subscribe model (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- subscription window
-
- purging (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- subscription windows
-
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- subscriptions
-
- changes to change tables and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- effect of SQL DROP USER CASCADE statement on (Data Warehousing Guide)
- subset procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- subsetting
-
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
-
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- substitutability (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- attributes (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- collections (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- column and row (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- constraining (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- dependencies (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- modifying (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- narrowing (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- OBJECT_ID (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- OBJECT_VALUE (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- restrictions on modifying (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- turning off (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- views (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- views and (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- widening (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- substitutability of object types
-
- with overloading (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- substitutable columns
-
- dropping subtypes (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- substitution expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
- substitution operator (OLAP DML Reference)
- substitution strings
-
- #COLCOUNT# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #CSV_LINK# (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- #GLOBAL_NOTIFICATION# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #HIGHLIGHT_ROW# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #IMAGE_PREFIX# (Application Express User's Guide)
- #ROWNUM# (Application Express User's Guide)
- about built-in (Application Express User's Guide)
- APP_ALIAS (Application Express User's Guide)
- APP_ID (Application Express User's Guide)
- APP_IMAGES (Application Express User's Guide)
- APP_PAGE_ID (Application Express User's Guide)
- APP_SESSION (Application Express User's Guide)
- APP_UNIQUE_PAGE_ID (Application Express User's Guide)
- APP_USER (Application Express User's Guide)
- Application Express SCHEMA OWNER (Application Express User's Guide)
- AUTHENTICATED_URL_PREFIX (Application Express User's Guide)
- BROWSER_LANGUAGE (Application Express User's Guide)
- calendar (Application Express User's Guide)
- CURRENT_PARENT_TAB_TEXT (Application Express User's Guide)
- DEBUG (Application Express User's Guide)
- IMAGE_PREFIX (Application Express User's Guide)
- in page templates (Application Express User's Guide)
- LOGOUT_URL (Application Express User's Guide)
- PRINTER_FRIENDLY (Application Express User's Guide)
- PROXY SERVER (Application Express User's Guide)
- PUBLIC_URL_PREFIX (Application Express User's Guide)
- report of supported (Application Express User's Guide)
- REQUEST (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQLERRM (Application Express User's Guide)
- static (Application Express User's Guide)
- supported in region footer (Application Express User's Guide)
- SYSDATE_YYYYMMDD (Application Express User's Guide)
- understanding (Application Express User's Guide)
- usage within templates (Application Express User's Guide)
- using (Application Express User's Guide)
- WORKSPACE_IMAGES (Application Express User's Guide)
- substitution variables (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- _EDITOR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- appending characters immediately after (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- avoiding unnecessary prompts for value (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- concatenation character (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFINE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- defining (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- deleting (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying in headers and footers (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying in titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in ACCEPT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing definitions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- parsing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- prefixing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- related system variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restrictions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- single and double ampersands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- system variables used with (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- undefined (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- where and how to use (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- substitution variables, FORMAT parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- substitution variables, stored scripts (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SUBSTR function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- using with SQLERRM (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSTR Functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUBSTR SQL function (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- with Native Semantics, known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SUBSTR SQL functions (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- SUBSTR (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR2 (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR4 (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTRB (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTRC (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTR2 function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSTR4 function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSTR4 SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTRB function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSTRB SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- SUBSTRC function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBSTRC SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- substring index
-
- example for creating (Text Reference)
- substring_index attribute (Text Reference)
- SUBSTRINGDATA function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- substringData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- substrings
-
- retrieving (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- SUBTOTAL function (OLAP DML Reference)
- subtotal values
-
- deriving (SQL Language Reference)
- subtotals (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- in a report (OLAP DML Reference)
- resetting to zero (OLAP DML Reference)
- SUBTRACT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- subtype of an Source object
-
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- obtaining (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- subtype of an XML-Schema data type
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- subtypes
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- CHARACTER (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compatibility (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- constrained and unconstrained (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- creating (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- defining (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- dropping in substitutable columns (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- dropping safely (SQL Language Reference)
- hierarchy (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- indexing attributes of (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- loading multiple (Utilities)
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- specializing (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- STRING (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- VARCHAR (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- with supertype attribute (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- sub-lexer preference
-
- removing (Text Reference)
- sub-lexer values
-
- viewing (Text Reference)
- sub-lexers
-
- viewing (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Text Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Text Reference)
- SUFFIX variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- used with EDIT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used with GET command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used with SAVE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used with START command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suggested development approach for data cartridge (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- SUM function (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sum operator (aggregation) (OLAP User's Guide)
- summaries (Concepts)
- summary
-
- information needed for deployment (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Summary dialog (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- summary lines
-
- computing and printing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- computing and printing at ends of reports (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- computing same type on different columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing grand and sub summaries (totals) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing multiple on same break column (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- summary management
-
- components (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Summary of DBMS_AQELM Subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Summary of DBMS_DIMENSION Subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Summary of DBMS_ERRLOG Subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Summary of DBMS_MVIEW Subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Summary of DBMS_XDBZ Subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Summary of DBMS_XMLDOM Subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Summary of DBMS_XMLSCHEMA Subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Summary of UTL_LMS Subprograms (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- summary option (Oracle customizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SUMMARY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- summary tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- sums
-
- creating in reports (Application Express User's Guide)
- Sun JDK
-
- supported versions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SUNRLE image compression format (Multimedia Reference)
- SunSoft SunNet Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- SUP function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SUP procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- supermodel (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- supermodels (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- superset, strict (Globalization Support Guide)
- supersets and subsets (Globalization Support Guide)
- supertypes
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- attribute of subtype (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- base in hierarchy (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- supervised classification (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- Decision Tree (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- supervised data mining (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- supervised mining functions (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- supplemental logging
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- asynchronous Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- asynchronous Change Data Capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- managing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- column lists (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- conditional log groups (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBA_LOG_GROUPS view (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- example (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- identification key (full) (SQL Language Reference)
- instantiation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- LogMiner utility (Utilities)
-
- database-level identification keys (Utilities)
- log groups (Utilities)
- table-level (Utilities)
- table-level identification keys (Utilities)
- table-level log groups (Utilities)
- table-level log groups (Utilities)
- minimal (SQL Language Reference)
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- preparation for instantiation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- See also LogMiner utility
- setting up to log primary key and unique-index columns (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Streams best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- unconditional log groups (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- supplementary characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- linguistic sort support (Globalization Support Guide)
- supplied stoplists (Text Reference)
- support (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- of association rule (Data Mining Concepts)
- support comparison
-
- client application versus .NET stored procedure (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- support for Microsoft Transaction Server (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- support for PL/SQL (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Support Vector Machine (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- active learning (Data Mining Concepts)
- classification (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- text (Data Mining Concepts)
- data preparation (Data Mining Concepts)
- One-Class (Data Mining Concepts)
- outliers (Data Mining Concepts)
- regression (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- text (Data Mining Concepts)
- settings (Data Mining Concepts)
- text mining (Data Mining Concepts)
- Support Vector Machines
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- See SVM
- Support Workbench
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
- about (2 Day DBA)
- Custom Packaging process (2 Day DBA)
- home page (2 Day DBA)
- Quick Packaging process (2 Day DBA)
- support, SQL (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- supported broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- supported data types
-
- for logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- supported datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- supported PL/SQL supplied packages (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- Supported Platforms for AUTO_FILTER (Text Reference)
- supported storage options (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- and block devices (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Clusterware (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- supported territories (Globalization Support Guide)
- supporting objects
-
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- deinstalling (Application Express User's Guide)
- Supporting UTF-16 Unicode in the OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- supporting UTF-16 Unicode in the OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- suppress parameter
-
- Database Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- suppressed mode
-
- reasons for using (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- suppressed mode. See noninteractive mode
- surface normal (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- surfaces (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- modeling of (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- planar (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_ETYPE value (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- surrogate dimension (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- surrogate identifier (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- surrogate keys (OLAP User's Guide)
- surrogate pairs (Globalization Support Guide)
- surrogates
-
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- surroundContents() (XML C++ API Reference)
- survivability (Advanced Replication)
-
- design considerations (Advanced Replication)
- implementing (Advanced Replication)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters and (Advanced Replication)
- SUSE
-
- binding partitions to raw devices (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- operating system requirements (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- SUSPEND clause
-
- ALTER SYSTEM statement (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- SUSPEND GATEWAY command (Net Services Reference)
- SUSPEND_MASTER_ACTIVITY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- suspend/resume mode (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- suspended storage allocation, handling (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- suspending a database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- sustained standby recovery mode (SQL Language Reference)
- SVG chart
-
- about types (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding to existing page (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding to new page (Application Express User's Guide)
- CSS classes (Application Express User's Guide)
- migrating all to Flash (Application Express User's Guide)
- migrating to Flash (Application Express User's Guide)
- migration restrictions (Application Express User's Guide)
- referencing CSS styles inline (Application Express User's Guide)
- referencing custom CSS (Application Express User's Guide)
- SVG plug-in (Application Express User's Guide)
- SVM
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- see also One-Class SVM
- see Support Vector Machine
- SVM supervised classification (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- memory requirements (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SVM_CLASSIFIER index preference (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- svr_pid.trc file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- swap and noswap with RECREATE_INDEX_ONLINE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- swap command (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- swap space
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- checking (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- determining available and used (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- requirements (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- tuning (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- swap space allocation (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- swapinfo command (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- swapon command (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- swapping (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- reducing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Swedish
-
- alternate spelling (Text Reference)
- index defaults (Text Reference)
- supplied stoplist (Text Reference)
- SWITCH command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- SWITCH LOGFILE clause
-
- ALTER SYSTEM statement (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER SYSTEM (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- switch redo log file (Reference)
- SWITCH_CONSUMER_GROUP_FOR_SESS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SWITCH_CONSUMER_GROUP_FOR_USER procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SWITCH_MVIEW_MASTER procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- SWITCH_PLAN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- switching processes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SWITCHOVER command (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- SWITCHOVER_STATUS column
-
- of V$DATABASE view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- switchovers
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- and cascaded destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- benefits (Data Guard Broker)
- broker tasks (Data Guard Broker)
- choosing a target standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- control files and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DGMGRL SWITCHOVER command (Data Guard Broker)
- displaying history with DBA_LOGSTDBY_HISTORY (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- effect on
-
- database startup (Data Guard Broker)
- primary database (Data Guard Broker)
- protection modes (Data Guard Broker)
- standby databases not involved in the switchover (Data Guard Broker)
- fails with ORA-01102 (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- flashing back databases after (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- initiating on the primary database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- logical standby databases and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- managing (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- manual versus automatic (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- no data loss and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overview (Data Guard Broker)
-
- Oracle Enterprise Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- performing when fast-start failover is enabled (Data Guard Broker)
- physical standby databases and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- preparing for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- preparing the primary database (Data Guard Broker)
- prerequisites (Data Guard Broker)
- prevented by
-
- active SQL sessions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- active user sessions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CJQ0 process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DBSNMP process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- processes (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- QMN0 process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reenabling disabled standby databases (Data Guard Broker)
- reinstating a database after (Data Guard Broker)
- scenario
-
- Oracle Enterprise Manager (Data Guard Broker)
- seeing if the last archived redo log file was transmitted (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- simplifying with Data Guard broker (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL statements and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- starting (Data Guard Broker)
- starting over (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- transitioning
-
- a logical standby database to the primary role (Data Guard Broker)
- a physical standby database to the primary role (Data Guard Broker)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- typical use for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using Real Application Clusters and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using the DGMGRL SWITCHOVER command (Data Guard Broker)
- V$DATABASE view and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- verifying (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- sword
-
- definition (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SWTICH
-
- conditional expression (OLAP DML Reference)
- Sybase Adapter Server database (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Sybase Adaptive Server
-
- creating data files (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Sybase Server, Oracle Database Gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Sybase, Oracle Database Gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- syllabary (Globalization Support Guide)
- Sym Dest Name
-
- symbolic destination name, on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- symbolic links
-
- restricting (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- symbolic links, rules with DIRECTORY objects and BFILEs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- symbols
-
- defining (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- symbols, encoding (Globalization Support Guide)
- symfind utility (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- symmetric multiprocessors (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYN function (Text Reference)
- SYN operator (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- SYN synonym for USER_SYNONYMS view (Reference)
- SYNC attribute (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SYNC EVERY parameter (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- SYNC ON COMMIT parameter (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- sync parameter (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- SYNC redo transport mode (Data Guard Broker)
- sync_index locking parameter (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- sync_index maxtime parameter (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SYNC_INDEX procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- SYNC_INTERIM_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SYNC_SET predefined change set (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYNC_SOURCE change source (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYNC_TEXT_INDEXES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SYNC_UP_REP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- synchronization of execution contexts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SYNCHRONIZE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- synchronize index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- SYNCHRONIZED (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SYNCHRONIZED LEFT (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SYNCHRONIZED RIGHT (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- SynchronizeSite procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- synchronizing
-
- operators and Repository objects (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- operators and workspace objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- synchronizing index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- improving performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- synchronous authentication mode, RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- synchronous capture
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- altering (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- best practices
-
- configuration (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- capture user (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- changes captured (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- DML changes (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- creating (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- data types captured (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- dropping (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- index-organized tables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- instantiation
-
- preparing a table for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- latency
-
- capture to apply (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- managing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- compatible columns (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- online redefinition (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule sets
-
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rules (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- modifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- modifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- switching to (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SYS schema (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SYSTEM schema (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transformations
-
- rule-based (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transparent data encryption (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- user-created rules (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- virtual columns (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- synchronous Change Data Capture
-
- change sets and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous change data capture (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- synchronous change sets
-
- disabling (Data Warehousing Guide)
- enabling (Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous publishing
-
- latency for (Data Warehousing Guide)
- location of staging database (Data Warehousing Guide)
- requirements for (Data Warehousing Guide)
- setting database initialization parameters for (Data Warehousing Guide)
- source database performance impact (Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous replication (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
-
- of destination of transactions (Advanced Replication)
- SYNCINDEX Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- synonym
-
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- dropping (Application Express User's Guide)
- feature (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- for location transparency (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- how the gateway works (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- viewing (Application Express User's Guide)
- synonym operator (Text Reference)
- Synonyms (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- synonyms
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #4] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- changing the definition of (SQL Language Reference)
- comparing (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- constraints indirectly affect (Concepts)
- creating (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- creating and editing (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- defining (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- definition and creation (Administrator's Guide)
- described (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- direct path load (Utilities)
- displaying dependencies of (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed databases (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- exporting (Utilities)
- for data dictionary views (Concepts)
- for packages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- granting
-
- system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- inherit privileges from object (Concepts)
- inheriting privileges from object (Security Guide)
- local (SQL Language Reference)
- location transparency in distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- managing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- managing privileges in remote database (Administrator's Guide)
- name resolution (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- name resolution in distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- private (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- private, dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- public (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- remote (SQL Language Reference)
- remote object security (Administrator's Guide)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- renaming (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- restrictions (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- support for (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- synonyms for (SQL Language Reference)
- uses of (Concepts)
- SYNONYMS view (Reference)
- syntactic checking (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- syntax
-
- BEGIN (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- collection method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- continuation lines (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CRS commands (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- embedded SQL (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- embedded SQL statements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- exception definition (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- FETCH statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- for business object names (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- for connect identifiers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- for Listener Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- for logical object names (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- for Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- for physical object names (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- literal declaration (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- LOOP statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- NULL statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- OCRDUMP utility (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- package declaration (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- reading diagrams (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- rules for network configuration files (Net Services Reference)
- SQLADR subroutine (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLGLM subroutine (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLNUL subroutine (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SQLPRC (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- translator command line (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translator properties files (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- WHILE-LOOP statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax checking
-
- controlling with the SQLCHECK option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- syntax conventions, Recovery Manager (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- syntax diagram
-
- description of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- how to read (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- how to use (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- symbols used in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- syntax diagrams
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- Data Pump Export (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import (Utilities)
- description of (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- how to read (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- how to use (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- keywords (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- loops (SQL Language Reference)
- multipart diagrams (SQL Language Reference)
- parameters (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- symbols used in (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- syntax diagrams for Module Language (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- Syntax for Subclauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- syntax of PL/SQL language elements (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax rules
-
- SQL commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax, command line (JPublisher User's Guide)
- syntax, embedded SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- SYS (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SYS account
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- default password (Administrator's Guide)
- objects owned (Administrator's Guide)
- policies for protecting (Concepts)
- policy enforcement (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying password for CREATE DATABASE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- SYS and SYSTEM
-
- passwords (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- SYS schema (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- objects, access to (Security Guide)
- SYS user
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (2 Day DBA)
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- assigning password for (SQL Language Reference)
- password use (2 Day + Security Guide)
- verifying privileges (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- SYS user name
-
- data dictionary tables owned by (Concepts)
- SYS username
-
- V$ views (Concepts)
- SYS$BACKGROUND service (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SYS$USERS service (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SYS, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- SYS_CHECKACL filter (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SYS_CONNECT_BY_PATH function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_CONTEXT
-
- and labeling functions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- variables (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- SYS_CONTEXT function
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- database links (Security Guide)
- dynamic SQL statements (Security Guide)
- example (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- parallel query (Security Guide)
- STATIC policies (Security Guide)
- syntax (Security Guide)
- SYS_CONTEXT SQL function
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
-
- validating users (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- SYS_DBURIGEN function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- sys_DburiGen SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- inserting database references (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- retrieving object URLs (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- returning partial results (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- use with text node test (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SYS_DEFAULT Oracle Virtual Private Database policy group (Security Guide)
- SYS_EXTRACT_UTC function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_EXTRACT_UTC SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- SYS_GROUP for Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- SYS_GUID function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_INCLUDE
-
- system header files in C++ (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SYS_INCLUDE precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SYS_INVALID_ROWID exception (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_NC_ARRAY_INDEX$ column (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SYS_NC_OID$
-
- control column (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYS_NC_ROWINFO$ column (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_OBJECTS view (Reference)
- SYS_REFCURSOR type (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_TYPEID function (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYS_XDBPD$ attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- XPath rewrite (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SYS_XMLAGG function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- sys_XMLAgg SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SYS_XMLAGG, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SYS_XMLGEN function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- sys_XMLGen SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- converting a UDT to XML (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- converting XMLType instances (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- object views (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- XMLFormat attributes (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- XMLGenFormatType object (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- SYS_XMLGEN, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- SYS.ANYDATA (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SYS.ANYDATA data type (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SYS.AnyData. See ANYDATA data type
- SYS.ANYDATASET (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SYS.ANYTYPE (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SYS.AQ$_DESCRIPTOR (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SYS.AQ$_POST_INFO (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SYS.AQ$_REG_INFO (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SYS.AUD$ database audit trail table
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- DB (database) option (2 Day + Security Guide)
- DB, EXTENDED option (2 Day + Security Guide)
- XML, EXTENDED option (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SYS.AUD$ table
-
- audit records, writing to (Security Guide)
- XML, EXTENDED audit trail (Security Guide)
- SYS.LCR$_ROW_RECORD data type (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SYS.MGW_MQSERIES_PROPERTIES (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SYS.MGW_MQSERIES_PROPERTIES Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SYS.MGW_PROPERTIES Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SYS.MGW_PROPERTY Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SYS.MGW_TIBRV_PROPERTIES (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- SYS.MGW_TIBRV_PROPERTIES Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- SYS.OWM_PKG.UpgradeHistoryColumns procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- SYSASM Privilege (Upgrade Guide)
- SYSASM privilege (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #12] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #13] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #14] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- SYSASM privilege, Preface (Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- SYSAUX clause
-
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- SYSAUX tablespace (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- cannot rename (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- creating at database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- DATAFILE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring occupants (Administrator's Guide)
- moving occupants (Administrator's Guide)
- raw device for
-
- on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- SYSCATALOG view (Reference)
- sysctl command (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- sysctl.conf file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SYSDATE (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SYSDATE function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYSDATE parameter
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SYSDATE SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- effect of session time zone (Globalization Support Guide)
- SYSDBA (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- privilege for connecting (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SYSDBA access
-
- guidelines on managing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- SYSDBA clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSDBA privilege (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- associated operating system group (Installation Guide for Linux)
- associated UNIX group (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- enabling or disabling connections with (Installation Guide for Linux)
- SYSDBA privilege show to set (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SYSDBA privileges (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- checking for SYS user (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- to connect to the database (Data Guard Broker)
- SYSDBA system privilege (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- adding users to the password file (Administrator's Guide)
- connecting to database (Administrator's Guide)
- determining who has privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- granting and revoking (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSDBA/SYSOPER Privileges (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SYSFILES view (Reference)
- SYSINFO function (OLAP DML Reference)
- syslog audit trail
-
- about (Security Guide)
- configuring (Security Guide)
- format (Security Guide)
- SYSMAN user
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- password use (2 Day + Security Guide)
- passwords, default (2 Day + Security Guide)
- SYSMAN user account (Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- SYSOPER access
-
- guidelines on managing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- SYSOPER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSOPER privilege
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- associated operating system group (Installation Guide for Linux)
- associated UNIX group (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- for connecting (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- how to set (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- SYSOPER privileges (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- SYSOPER system privilege (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- adding users to the password file (Administrator's Guide)
- connecting to database (Administrator's Guide)
- determining who has privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- granting and revoking (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSSEGOBJ view (Reference)
- SYSTEM account
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- default password (Administrator's Guide)
- objects owned (Administrator's Guide)
- policies for protecting (Concepts)
- specifying password for CREATE DATABASE (Administrator's Guide)
- system architecture
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- checking (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuration (Performance Tuning Guide)
- hardware components (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- CPUs (Performance Tuning Guide)
- I/O subsystems (Performance Tuning Guide)
- memory (Performance Tuning Guide)
- networks (Performance Tuning Guide)
- software components (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- data and transactions (Performance Tuning Guide)
- implementing business logic (Performance Tuning Guide)
- managing the user interface (Performance Tuning Guide)
- user requests and resource allocation (Performance Tuning Guide)
- system backup to tape. See SBT
- system change (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- system change numbers
-
- coordination in a distributed database system (Administrator's Guide)
- in-doubt transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- obtaining (SQL Language Reference)
- row level (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- using V$DATAFILE to view information about (Administrator's Guide)
- when assigned (Administrator's Guide)
- system change numbers (SCN)
-
- applied SCN for a capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- applied SCN for an apply process (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- captured SCN for a capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- committed transactions (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- first SCN for a capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- maximum checkpoint SCN for a capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- oldest SCN for an apply process (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- point-in-time recovery (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- read consistency and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- redo logs (Concepts)
- required checkpoint SCN for a capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- start SCN for a capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- when determined (Concepts)
- system component schemas
-
- collecting statistics for (Upgrade Guide)
- System Configuration File (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- system configuration file (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- system control statements (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- PL/SQL support of (SQL Language Reference)
- system editor
-
- SQL*Plus (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- system events
-
- role transitions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- triggers on (SQL Language Reference)
- writing triggers for use DB_ROLE_CHANGE (Data Guard Broker)
- system failure
-
- effect on transactions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- system failure, effect on transactions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- system failures
-
- effect on transactions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- system fault
-
- crash recovery time (Concepts)
- system features
-
- disabling with Disabled rule set (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- enabling with Enabled rule set (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- SYSTEM function (OLAP DML Reference)
- system global area (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- buffer areas (Reference)
- flushing (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- holds sequence number cache
- maximum concurrent transactions (Reference)
- specifying buffer cache sizes (Administrator's Guide)
- updating (SQL Language Reference)
- System Global Area (SGA) (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- application contexts, storing in (Security Guide)
- global application context information location (Security Guide)
- limiting private SQL areas (Security Guide)
- size requirements (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- system global area (SGA)
-
- allocating (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- automatic management (High Availability Overview)
- components (2 Day DBA)
- contents of (Concepts)
- data dictionary cache (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- database buffer cache (Concepts)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- diagram (Concepts)
- fixed (Concepts)
- large pool (Concepts)
- limiting private SQL areas (Concepts)
- logical change records staged in (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- redo log buffer (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- rollback segments and (Concepts)
- shared and writable (Concepts)
- shared pool (Concepts)
- size of
-
- variable parameters (Concepts)
- when allocated (Concepts)
- System Global Area tuning (Performance Tuning Guide)
- system header files
-
- specifying the location of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- system ID
-
- See SID (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- System Identifier (Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- See SID
- system identifier
-
- choosing (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- system identifiers (SIDs) in connect strings, deprecated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- system identities, stolen (2 Day + Security Guide)
- system managed storage (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- system message
-
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- disabling (Application Express User's Guide)
- system monitor process (SMON) (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- defined (Concepts)
- parallel DML system recovery (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Real Application Clusters and (Concepts)
- rolling back transactions (Concepts)
- temporary segment cleanup (Concepts)
- system objects
-
- importing (Utilities)
- system owned object, See DIRECTORY object
- system parameters (Text Reference)
-
- ADD_UNIQUE_COLUMN_TO_HISTORY_VIEW (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- ALLOW_CAPTURE_EVENTS (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- ALLOW_MULTI_PARENT_WORKSPACES (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- ALLOW_NESTED_TABLE_COLUMNS (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- COMPRESS_PARENT_WORKSPACE_AFTER_REMOVE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CR_WORKSPACE_MODE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- defaults for indexing (Text Reference)
- FIRE_TRIGGERS_FOR_NONDML_EVENTS (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- for Workspace Manager (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- KEEP_REMOVED_WORKSPACE_INFO (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- NONCR_WORKSPACE_MODE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- NUMBER_OF_COMPRESS_BATCHES (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- ROW_LEVEL_LOCKING (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- shown in WM_INSTALLATION view (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- TARGET_PGA_MEMORY (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- UNDO_SPACE (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- USE_SCALAR_TYPES_FOR_VALIDTIME (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- USE_TIMESTAMP_TYPE_FOR_HISTORY (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- system partitioning (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- system performance (Reference)
- system privilege
-
- granting (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- revoking (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- system privileges (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Security Guide)
- [entry #10] (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- [entry #11] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- ADMIN OPTION (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- ADMINISTER ANY SQL TUNING SET (SQL Language Reference)
- ADMINISTER DATABASE TRIGGER (SQL Language Reference)
- ADMINISTER SQL TUNING SET (SQL Language Reference)
- ADMINISTER_RESOURCE_MANAGER (Administrator's Guide)
- ADVISOR (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY CUBE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY CUBE DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY INDEXTYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY MINING MODEL (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY OPERATOR (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY OUTLINE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY PROCEDURE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY ROLE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY SEQUENCE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY SQL PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY TRIGGER (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ANY TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER RESOURCE COST (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER SESSION (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- ALTER USER (SQL Language Reference)
- ANALYZE ANY (SQL Language Reference)
- ANY (2 Day + Security Guide)
-
- guidelines for security (Security Guide)
- ANY system privileges (Security Guide)
- AUDIT ANY (SQL Language Reference)
- AUDIT SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- BACKUP ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- BECOME USER (SQL Language Reference)
- CHANGE NOTIFICATION (SQL Language Reference)
- checking with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL.USER_HAS_SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE function (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- COMMENT ANY MINING MODEL (SQL Language Reference)
- COMMENT ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY CONTEXT (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY CUBE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY CUBE BUILD PROCESS (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY CUBE DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY DIRECTORY (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY INDEXTYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY JOB (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY LIBRARY (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY MEASURE FOLDER (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY MINING MODEL (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY OPERATOR (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY OUTLINE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY PROCEDURE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY SEQUENCE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY SQL PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY SYNONYM (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY TRIGGER (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE CUBE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE CUBE BUILD PROCESS (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE CUBE DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE EXTERNAL JOB (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE INDEXTYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE JOB (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE LIBRARY (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE MEASURE FOLDER (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE MINING MODEL (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE OPERATOR (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE PROCEDURE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE PUBLIC SYNONYM (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ROLE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE SESSION (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE SYNONYM (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TRIGGER (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE USER (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- DEBUG ANY PROCEDURE (SQL Language Reference)
- DELETE ANY CUBE DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- DELETE ANY MEASURE FOLDER (SQL Language Reference)
- DELETE ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- described (Concepts)
- DROP ANY CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY CONTEXT (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY CUBE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY CUBE BUILD PROCESS (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY CUBE DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY DIRECTORY (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY INDEXTYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY LIBRARY (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY MEASURE FOLDER (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY MINING MODEL (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY OPERATOR (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY OUTLINE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY PROCEDURE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY ROLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY SEQUENCE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY SYNONYM (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY TABLE statement (2 Day + Security Guide)
- DROP ANY TRIGGER (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ANY VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PUBLIC DATABASE LINK (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP PUBLIC SYNONYM (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- DROP USER (SQL Language Reference)
- EXECUTE ANY CLASS (SQL Language Reference)
- EXECUTE ANY INDEXTYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- EXECUTE ANY OPERATOR (SQL Language Reference)
- EXECUTE ANY PROCEDURE (SQL Language Reference)
- EXECUTE ANY PROGRAM (SQL Language Reference)
- EXECUTE ANY TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- EXEMPT ACCESS POLICY (SQL Language Reference)
- FLASHBACK ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- FLASHBACK ARCHIVE ADMINISTER (SQL Language Reference)
- for external tables (Administrator's Guide)
- for job scheduler tasks (SQL Language Reference)
- for the Advisor framework (SQL Language Reference)
- FORCE ANY TRANSACTION (SQL Language Reference)
- FORCE TRANSACTION (SQL Language Reference)
- GLOBAL QUERY REWRITE (SQL Language Reference)
- GRANT ANY OBJECT PRIVILEGE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- GRANT ANY PRIVILEGE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- GRANT ANY ROLE (SQL Language Reference)
- granting (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
-
- to a role (SQL Language Reference)
- to a user (SQL Language Reference)
- to PUBLIC (SQL Language Reference)
- granting and revoking (Security Guide)
- INSERT ANY CUBE DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- INSERT ANY MEASURE FOLDER (SQL Language Reference)
- INSERT ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- list of (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- LOCK ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- MANAGE SCHEDULER (SQL Language Reference)
- MANAGE TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- MERGE ANY VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- ON COMMIT REFRESH (SQL Language Reference)
- power of (Security Guide)
- QUERY REWRITE (SQL Language Reference)
- reports
-
- System Privileges By Privileges Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- RESTRICTED SESSION (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- restriction needs (Security Guide)
- RESUMABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- revoking (SQL Language Reference)
-
- from a role (SQL Language Reference)
- from a user (SQL Language Reference)
- from PUBLIC (SQL Language Reference)
- revoking, cascading effect of (Security Guide)
- See also privileges
- SELECT ANY CUBE (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT ANY CUBE DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT ANY DICTIONARY (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- SELECT ANY MINING MODEL (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT ANY SEQUENCE (SQL Language Reference)
- SELECT ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- SYSASM privilege, Preface (Security Guide)
- SYSDBA (SQL Language Reference)
- SYSDBA and SYSOPER (2 Day DBA)
- SYSOPER (SQL Language Reference)
- UNDER ANY TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- UNDER ANY VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- UNLIMITED TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- UPDATE ANY CUBE (SQL Language Reference)
- UPDATE ANY CUBE BUILD PROCESS (SQL Language Reference)
- UPDATE ANY CUBE DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- UPDATE ANY TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- viewing users having Workspace Manager system-level privileges (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- System Privileges By Privilege Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- system privileges - BINDADD and BINDAGENT
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- system recovery
-
- manual (Text Reference)
- system requirements (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for IBM z/OS)
- [entry #3] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle COM Automation (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Data Provider for .NET (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Provider for OLE DB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- System Resource Limits Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- system resources
-
- efficient utilization of (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- system root access, guideline on managing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- system security
-
- definition (Concepts)
- system tables (OLAP User's Guide)
- SYSTEM tablespace (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- cannot rename (Administrator's Guide)
- creating at database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- creating locally managed (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary stored in (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- description (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- locally managed (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- online requirement of (Concepts)
- procedures stored in (Concepts)
- raw device for
-
- on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- restrictions on taking offline (Administrator's Guide)
- when created (Administrator's Guide)
- system time (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- changing
-
- effect on recovery (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- system triggers (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
- effect on import (Utilities)
- testing (Utilities)
- system upgrades
-
- avoiding downtime during (High Availability Overview)
- SYSTEM user
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (2 Day DBA)
-
- about (2 Day + Security Guide)
- assigning password for (SQL Language Reference)
- password use (2 Day + Security Guide)
- system variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- affecting SQL*Plus performance (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- affecting substitution variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing current settings (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing old and new values (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storing and restoring (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- summary of SET commands (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSTEM, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- system_partitioning_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- SYSTEM_PLAN for Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSTEM_PRIVILEGE_MAP table (Reference)
- System.Data.Common (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- SYSTEM.language key
-
- output (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SYSTEM.version key
-
- output (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- system-defined metadata
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- system-defined preferences (Text Reference)
-
- CTXSYS.AUTO_FILTER (Text Reference)
- system-generated names
-
- apply process (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- system-generated OID REF columns (Utilities)
- system-maintained values
-
- displaying in headers and footers (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying in titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting in titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- system-specific Oracle documentation (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- Ada default filenames (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- Ada default names (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive command-line options (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- filename extensions (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- filenames and extensions (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- invoking SQL*Module (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SQL_STANDARD package for Ada (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- system configuration files (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- system-specific reference (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- system-specific references (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- SYSTIMESTAMP function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- SYSTIMESTAMP SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- sysuser option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- SYS-privileged connections (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)